{"title":"Stampi rotondi, quadrati, rettangolari e a cuore","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e .p-w{width:100vw;position:relative;left:50%;right:50%;margin-left:-50vw;margin-right:-50vw;padding:40px max(4vw,20px);background:#faf7f0;color:#2a2419;font-family:Montserrat,-apple-system,BlinkMacSystemFont,Segoe UI,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;box-sizing:border-box} .p-in{max-width:1100px;margin:0 auto} .p-h{text-align:center;margin-bottom:22px} .p-cart{display:inline-block;font-size:12px;font-weight:500;letter-spacing:3px;text-transform:uppercase;color:#b98b35;margin-bottom:10px} .p-h2{font-size:26px;font-weight:600;color:#2a2419;margin:0 0 10px;letter-spacing:-0.4px} .p-chapo{font-size:14px;color:#5c5247;max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;line-height:1.6} .p-faq{margin-top:8px} .p-faq details{background:#fbf9f3;border:1px solid #e8dcc4;border-radius:8px;margin-bottom:8px;overflow:hidden} .p-faq summary{padding:14px 20px;cursor:pointer;font-size:14px;font-weight:600;color:#2a2419;list-style:none;display:flex;justify-content:space-between;align-items:center} .p-faq summary::-webkit-details-marker{display:none} .p-faq summary::after{content:\"+\";font-size:20px;font-weight:300;color:#b98b35} .p-faq details[open] summary::after{content:\"−\"} .p-faq details\u003ediv{padding:0 20px 18px;font-size:13.5px;line-height:1.65;color:#3a3128} .p-faq details\u003ediv p{margin:0 0 10px} .p-faq details\u003ediv p:last-child{margin-bottom:0} .p-faq strong{color:#2a2419;font-weight:600} .p-pal{margin-top:16px;text-align:center;font-size:13px;color:#3a3128} .p-pal-h{font-weight:600;letter-spacing:2px;text-transform:uppercase;color:#b98b35;font-size:11px;margin-right:6px} .p-pal a{color:#9a7220;font-weight:500;text-decoration:underline} @media(max-width:768px){.p-w{padding:28px 16px}.p-h2{font-size:22px}} \u003c\/style\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"p-w\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"p-in\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"p-h\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"p-cart\"\u003ePatissland - Stampi per torte\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"p-h2\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati, rettangolari e a forma di cuore\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p-chapo\"\u003eStampi in acciaio inox rotondi, quadrati, rettangolari e a forma di cuore, con bordi alti o fondo amovibile, per torte semplici o a più strati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"p-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eScegliere la forma e l'altezza\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cp\u003eLo \u003cstrong\u003estampo rotondo\u003c\/strong\u003e è il formato più comune per una layer cake; lo \u003cstrong\u003estampo quadrato o rettangolare\u003c\/strong\u003e è adatto alle torte da tagliare in porzioni regolari. Le altezze di 5, 7,5 e 10 cm consentono di regolare il volume dell'impasto senza farlo traboccare durante la cottura.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eFondo amovibile per un'estrazione impeccabile\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cp\u003eUno \u003cstrong\u003estampo a fondo amovibile\u003c\/strong\u003e facilita l'estrazione di una torta delicata o di un sottile pan di Spagna, senza doverla capovolgere su una gratella. Lo \u003cstrong\u003estampo a forma di cuore\u003c\/strong\u003e è adatto a occasioni come San Valentino o un compleanno a tema.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuale altezza deve avere lo stampo per una torta a strati su più livelli?\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eUn'altezza da 7,5 a 10 cm per livello permette di tagliare il pan di Spagna in due o tre dischi dopo la cottura, senza dover usare più stampi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCome adattare una ricetta a uno stampo quadrato o rettangolare?\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eIl tempo di cottura cambia poco, ma occorre regolare la quantità di impasto in base al volume effettivo dello stampo per mantenere uno spessore uniforme.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBisogna rivestire lo stampo a ogni utilizzo?\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eLa carta da forno o una leggera imburratura e infarinatura impediscono che l'impasto si attacchi, soprattutto negli stampi con bordi alti o angoli marcati, come quelli quadrati o a forma di cuore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"p-pal\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"p-pal-h\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/span\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/layer-cake\"\u003etorta a strati\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moule-a-tartes-tartelettes\"\u003estampi per crostate e tartellette\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-a-cupcakes-muffins-cheesecakes-plus\"\u003estampi per cupcake e muffin\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cspan id=\"allproducts\" class=\"p-anchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstyle id=\"pl-collection-photo-2026\"\u003e\n\/* Patissland: full photograph with centered title underneath. *\/\nbody .collection-hero{display:flex!important;flex-direction:column!important;align-items:center!important;gap:16px!important;height:auto!important;min-height:0!important;width:100%!important;max-width:none!important;margin:0 auto!important;padding:0 0 26px!important;background:#faf7f0!important;overflow:visible!important;box-sizing:border-box!important}\nbody .collection-hero\u003e.parallax-container{grid-column:2!important;grid-row:1!important;display:block!important;position:relative!important;inset:auto!important;width:100%!important;height:clamp(260px,32vw,480px)!important;min-width:0!important;transform:none!important;overflow:hidden!important;border-radius:0!important;background:#faf7f0!important}\nbody .collection-hero .parallax-image{position:relative!important;inset:auto!important;width:100%!important;height:100%!important;transform:none!important}\nbody .collection-hero .collection-hero__image{position:relative!important;inset:auto!important;display:block!important;width:100%!important;height:100%!important;max-height:none!important;object-fit:contain!important;object-position:center!important;transform:none!important;animation:none!important;opacity:1!important;background:transparent!important}\nbody .collection-hero .collection-hero__content{grid-column:1!important;grid-row:1!important;position:relative!important;inset:auto!important;display:block!important;width:100%!important;min-width:0!important;padding:0!important;background:transparent!important;transform:none!important}\nbody .collection-hero .collection-hero__content\u003e.page-width{width:100%!important;max-width:none!important;margin:0!important;padding:0!important}\nbody .collection-hero .collection-hero__content:before,body .collection-hero .section-header__shadow:before,body .collection-hero .section-header__shadow:after{display:none!important}\nbody .collection-hero .breadcrumb{display:none!important}\nbody .collection-hero .section-header,body .collection-hero .section-header__shadow{display:block!important;margin:0!important;padding:0!important;max-width:none!important;text-align:center!important;text-shadow:none!important;opacity:1!important;animation:none!important;transform:none!important}\nbody .collection-hero .section-header__title{margin:0!important;color:#312e26!important;font-size:clamp(26px,3vw,40px)!important;line-height:1.15!important;text-align:center!important;text-shadow:none!important;overflow-wrap:break-word!important}\n@media(max-width:768px){\nbody .collection-hero{display:flex!important;flex-direction:column!important;gap:18px!important;padding:20px 18px 26px!important}\nbody .collection-hero\u003e.parallax-container{order:0!important;height:auto!important;aspect-ratio:16\/9!important;border-radius:12px!important}\nbody .collection-hero .parallax-image{position:absolute!important;inset:0!important}\nbody .collection-hero .collection-hero__content{order:1!important}\nbody .collection-hero .section-header,body .collection-hero .section-header__shadow,body .collection-hero .section-header__title{text-align:center!important}\nbody .collection-hero .section-header__title{font-size:clamp(26px,6vw,34px)!important}\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\u003cstyle id=\"pl-collection-description-fullwidth-2026\"\u003e\nbody .collection-description-wrapper{width:100%!important;max-width:none!important;margin-inline:0!important;padding-inline:0!important;background:#faf7f0!important}\nbody .collection-description-wrapper .collection-description{width:100%!important;max-width:none!important;margin:0!important;padding:0!important;background:#faf7f0!important;box-sizing:border-box!important}\nbody .collection-description-wrapper .collection-description\u003e.p-w,body .collection-description-wrapper .collection-description\u003e.pln{position:relative!important;left:auto!important;right:auto!important;width:100%!important;max-width:none!important;margin-inline:0!important;box-sizing:border-box!important}\nbody .collection-description-wrapper .collection-description\u003e.p-w\u003e.p-in{width:100%!important;max-width:1180px!important;margin-inline:auto!important}\nbody .collection-description-wrapper .collection-description\u003ep,body .collection-description-wrapper .collection-description\u003eh2,body .collection-description-wrapper .collection-description\u003eh3,body .collection-description-wrapper .collection-description\u003eul,body .collection-description-wrapper .collection-description\u003eol{max-width:1180px!important;margin-inline:auto!important;padding-inline:24px!important;box-sizing:border-box!important}\n\u003c\/style\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"pme-deep-heart-cake-pan-20-x-7-5cm","title":"Stampo a cuore - Ø 20cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title\"\u003eStampo a cuore - Ø 20 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eStampo per torta a forma di cuore, in alluminio professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLo stampo a cuore Ø 20 cm PME Cake è la base per una torta a forma di cuore, un number cake o un layer cake a piani. L'alluminio distribuisce il calore in modo uniforme, dal centro fino alla punta.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 20 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e7,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorta a cuore per San Valentino o una cerimonia in famiglia\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBase per number cake o layer cake a piani\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePan di Spagna alto tagliato in più strati\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e imburra e infarina accuratamente la punta del cuore prima di versare l'impasto: è l'angolo più difficile da sformare.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eØ 20 cm, altezza 7,5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eResistenza termica\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eForno tradizionale e ventilato, fino a 220 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavaggio a mano, asciugatura immediata\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuanto impasto serve per questo stampo a cuore Ø 20 cm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eCalcola circa 700-800 g di impasto per pan di Spagna per riempire lo stampo fino a due terzi della sua altezza di 7,5 cm, lasciando spazio alla lievitazione in cottura.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può tagliare il pan di Spagna in più strati dopo la cottura?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, l'altezza di 7,5 cm permette di tagliare il pan di Spagna in due o tre dischi per preparare un layer cake o un number cake farcito.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo è lavabile in lavastoviglie?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eNo, si consiglia il lavaggio a mano per preservare l'alluminio: asciuga subito per evitare macchie di ossidazione.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri anche \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\"\u003estampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e e \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/supports-a-gateaux\"\u003eespositori\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/supports-a-gateaux\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eEspositori\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/layer-cake\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eLayer cake\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":21432961859684,"sku":"HRT083","price":11.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-coeur-o-20cm-pme-1.jpg?v=1772133700"},{"product_id":"moule-a-cupcakes-taille-standard","title":"Stampo per cupcake o muffin- 12 cavità","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSTAMPO IN ACCIAIO INOSSIDABILE\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo per cupcake o muffin a 12 cavità\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eStampo monoblocco in alluminio pressofuso per cupcake e muffin standard\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo Wilton in alluminio pressofuso permette di cuocere 12 cupcake o muffin di dimensioni standard in una sola infornata. La struttura monoblocco assicura una diffusione uniforme del calore e resiste alle alte temperature senza deformarsi, per una cottura uniforme in ogni cavità.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003ecavità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e12\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eØ sul fondo\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003edimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e37 x 27 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAlluminio pressofuso in un unico pezzo, senza saldature, per una conduzione uniforme del calore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003e12 cavità singole con un diametro sul fondo di 5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDimensioni complessive dello stampo: 37 x 27 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eStruttura rigida che non si deforma alle alte temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSi consiglia il lavaggio a mano per preservare la superficie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Imburrate e infarinate leggermente ogni cavità prima di versarvi l’impasto per facilitare l’estrazione, anche se l’alluminio pressofuso riduce già l’aderenza.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eWilton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAlluminio pressofuso\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eCavità\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro di ogni cavità\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e5 cm (fondo)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni dello stampo\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e37 x 27 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavaggio a mano\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuanti cupcake posso cuocere in una sola infornata?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e12 cupcake o muffin di dimensioni standard, distribuiti in 12 cavità singole con un diametro sul fondo di 5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo è lavabile in lavastoviglie?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSi consiglia il lavaggio a mano per preservare la superficie in alluminio pressofuso e prolungare la durata dello stampo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi possono usare i pirottini di carta con questo stampo?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, i pirottini di carta o silicone si adattano perfettamente alle cavità da 5 cm e facilitano ulteriormente l’estrazione.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/wilton\"\u003eCollezione Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-a-cupcakes-muffins-cheesecakes-plus\"\u003eStampi per cupcake, muffin e cheesecake\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-a-cupcakes\"\u003eStampi per cupcake\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/wilton\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eCollezione Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-a-cupcakes-muffins-cheesecakes-plus\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi per cupcake, muffin e cheesecake\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-a-cupcakes\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi per cupcake\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Wilton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":23930813153380,"sku":"03-3118","price":11.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-a-cupcakes-ou-muffins-12-cavites-wilton-1.jpg?v=1772134091"},{"product_id":"moules-a-cupcakes-big-size","title":"Stampo per muffin 6 cavità","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSTAMPO IN ACCIAIO INOX\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo per muffin a 6 cavità grandi\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eAlluminio pressofuso per muffin e cupcake giganti\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo Wilton in alluminio pressofuso in un unico pezzo è progettato per muffin e cupcake di grandi dimensioni. Le sue 6 cavità profonde offrono un volume generoso, ideale per muffin farciti o cupcake da decorare ampiamente.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003ecavità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e6\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eØ superiore\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e8,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003ealtezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e4,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAlluminio pressofuso in un unico pezzo, robusto e durevole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003e6 cavità formato grande: Ø superiore 8,5 cm, Ø inferiore 6,5 cm, altezza 4,5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDimensioni complessive dello stampo: 34 x 23 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCottura uniforme, adatta agli impasti densi e farciti\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSi consiglia il lavaggio a mano\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Per ottenere muffin giganti ben lievitati, riempite le cavità solo per due terzi: l’impasto cresce più che in uno stampo standard, grazie al volume maggiore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eWilton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAlluminio pressofuso\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eCavità\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eØ superiore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e8,5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eØ inferiore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e6,5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e4,5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni dello stampo\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e34 x 23 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavaggio a mano\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto a uno stampo per cupcake standard?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLe cavità sono nettamente più grandi (8,5 cm di diametro in alto contro circa 5 cm di uno stampo standard), pensate per muffin o cupcake formato grande.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuanti pezzi posso preparare in una sola infornata?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e6 muffin o cupcake giganti per infornata, distribuiti nelle dimensioni complessive dello stampo di 34 x 23 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eÈ necessario adattare il tempo di cottura?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, il volume maggiore delle cavità richiede generalmente qualche minuto di cottura in più rispetto a uno stampo standard; controllate la cottura con la punta di un coltello.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/wilton\"\u003eCollezione Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/muffins\"\u003eMuffin\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-a-cupcakes-muffins-cheesecakes-plus\"\u003eStampi per cupcake, muffin e cheesecake\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScopri di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/wilton\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eCollezione Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/muffins\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eMuffin\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-a-cupcakes-muffins-cheesecakes-plus\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi per cupcake, muffin e cheesecake\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Wilton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":23930847592548,"sku":"03-3119","price":12.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-a-muffins-6-cavites-wilton-1.jpg?v=1772134094"},{"product_id":"moule-anti-adhesif-mini-muffins-cupcakes-24-cavites","title":"Stampo per Mini Muffin \/ Cupcake 24 Cavità","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePME Cake - Stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo per mini muffin\/cupcake a 24 cavità\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eStampo antiaderente a 24 cavità per mini muffin e mini cupcake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo in acciaio con rivestimento antiaderente comprende 24 cavità per cuocere mini muffin e mini cupcake in un’unica infornata, con una sformatura pulita e uniforme.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eStampi\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e24\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAcciaio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eForno tradizionale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e220 °C\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eMini muffin salati o dolci per buffet e ricevimenti familiari\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eMini cupcake da glassare per compleanni e merende\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eProvare le monoporzioni in piccoli lotti prima di avviare una produzione più ampia\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFormato compatto, adatto ai forni domestici e professionali\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e lavare a mano con acqua tiepida per preservare il rivestimento antiaderente; evitare utensili metallici appuntiti negli stampi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eNumero di stampi\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eFormato\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eMini muffin \/ mini cupcake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAcciaio, rivestimento antiaderente\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eTemperatura del forno\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eFino a 220 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eSi consiglia il lavaggio a mano\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può usare questo stampo per muffin salati?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, il rivestimento antiaderente è adatto sia alle preparazioni dolci che a quelle salate, a condizione di imburrare o oliare leggermente gli stampi al primo utilizzo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuanto tempo di cottura serve per i mini formati?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIn genere, calcolate da 10 a 15 minuti in meno rispetto a un formato standard, da regolare in base alla ricetta e al forno.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eLo stampo è lavabile in lavastoviglie?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSi consiglia il lavaggio a mano per preservare a lungo il rivestimento antiaderente.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri tutti i nostri \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003estampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e e la collezione \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31663553183786,"sku":"CSB111","price":12.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-mini-muffins-cupcakes-24-cavites-pme-1.png?v=1772134604"},{"product_id":"moule-wilton-a-mini-muffins-cupcakes-24-cavites","title":"Stampo per mini muffin \/ cupcake con 24 cavità","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSTAMPO IN ACCIAIO INOX\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo per mini muffin e cupcake a 24 cavità\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eAlluminio antiaderente per bocconcini mignon\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo Wilton in alluminio con rivestimento antiaderente permette di cuocere 24 mini muffin o mini cupcake di 3,5 cm di diametro in un’unica infornata. È particolarmente adatto ai buffet e alle presentazioni in porzioni individuali.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003ecavità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e24\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eØ di ogni cavità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e3,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003edimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e40 x 26 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAlluminio con rivestimento antiaderente per sformare facilmente\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003e24 cavità di 3,5 cm di diametro per bocconcini mignon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDimensioni totali dello stampo: 40 x 26 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDistribuzione uniforme del calore per una cottura omogenea\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSi consiglia il lavaggio a mano, non è lavabile in lavastoviglie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Ungete leggermente le cavità prima di ogni utilizzo e lasciate riposare i mini muffin per alcuni minuti fuori dal forno prima di sformarli.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eWilton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAlluminio, rivestimento antiaderente\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eCavità\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro di ogni cavità\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e3,5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni dello stampo\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e40 x 26 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavaggio a mano\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la dimensione dei mini cupcake ottenuti?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eOgni cavità ha un diametro di 3,5 cm, per bocconcini formato pasticcino.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo è lavabile in lavastoviglie?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eNo, si consiglia il lavaggio a mano per preservare il rivestimento antiaderente.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuanti mini muffin per infornata?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLe 24 cavità permettono di cuocere 24 mini muffin o mini cupcake contemporaneamente.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/wilton\"\u003eCollezione Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-a-cupcakes-muffins-cheesecakes-plus\"\u003eStampi per cupcake, muffin e cheesecake\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/muffins\"\u003eMuffin\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/wilton\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eCollezione Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-a-cupcakes-muffins-cheesecakes-plus\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi per cupcake, muffin e cheesecake\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/muffins\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eMuffin\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Wilton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31663582969898,"sku":"03-0-0017","price":12.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-wilton-a-mini-muffins-cupcakes-24-cavites-wilton-1.png?v=1772134607"},{"product_id":"5-moules-a-gateaux-wilton","title":"Stampi per torte \/ Torta a strati - Rotondo 15cm \/ 20cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSTAMPi ROTONDI\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampi rotondi per torte a strati da 15 cm \/ 20 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eSet antiaderenti per cuocere più strati in una sola volta\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto set di stampi rotondi antiaderenti Wilton permette di cuocere più strati identici di pan di Spagna in un'unica infornata, per ottenere torte a strati e torte arcobaleno regolari. Sono disponibili due formati: 5 stampi da 15 cm di diametro o 4 da 20 cm, ciascuno alto 3,8 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003ealtezza\/stampo\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e3,8 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003ediametri\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e15\/20 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003etemperatura max del forno\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e220 °C\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAlluminio con rivestimento antiaderente, bordi dritti per strati regolari\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFormato da 15 cm: 5 stampi, ideali per torte a strati di piccolo formato\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFormato da 20 cm: 4 stampi, formato familiare o da pasticceria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eLavabile in lavastoviglie (si consiglia il lavaggio a mano per preservare il rivestimento antiaderente)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eResiste in forno fino a 220 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Pesate l'impasto per distribuire quantità identiche tra gli stampi: è il segreto per ottenere strati perfettamente regolari, soprattutto per una torta arcobaleno, in cui ogni strato deve essere visibile al taglio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eWilton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAlluminio, rivestimento antiaderente\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezza di ogni stampo\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e3,8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametri disponibili\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e15 cm (5 stampi) o 20 cm (4 stampi)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForno\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003efino a 220 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eSi consiglia il lavaggio a mano\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi possono cuocere contemporaneamente tutti gli stampi del set?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, è proprio questo il vantaggio del set: purché il forno sia abbastanza grande da contenere tutti gli stampi sulla stessa griglia; altrimenti, distribuiscili su 2 griglie e scambiali a metà cottura.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale formato scegliere per una rainbow cake?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl formato da 15 cm (5 stampi) è adatto a una rainbow cake compatta da condividere con poche persone, mentre il formato da 20 cm (4 stampi) è ideale per una torta da condividere in famiglia o con più invitati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesti stampi sono lavabili in lavastoviglie?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSono lavabili in lavastoviglie, ma si consiglia il lavaggio a mano per preservare più a lungo il rivestimento antiaderente.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/wilton\"\u003eCollezione Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moule-a-layer-cake\"\u003eStampo per layer cake\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati, rettangolari e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/wilton\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eCollezione Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moule-a-layer-cake\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo per layer cake\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati, rettangolari e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Wilton","offers":[{"title":"15cm","offer_id":39532425347114,"sku":"03-3113","price":15.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"20cm","offer_id":39532425379882,"sku":"03-3126","price":17.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moules-a-gateaux-layer-cake-rond-15cm-20cm-wilton-1.jpg?v=1772134906"},{"product_id":"moule-a-charniere-bord-haut-o22-x-9-cm","title":"Stampo a cerniera bordo alto Ø22 x 8,5 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePatisse - Stampi a cerniera\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo a cerniera alto Ø22 x 8,5 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eBordo rialzato per torte a più strati e cheesecake generosi\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLo stampo a cerniera alto Ø22 x 8,5 cm di Patisse è progettato per torte a più strati, cheesecake cremosi e bavaresi che richiedono più altezza rispetto a uno stampo a cerniera classico. Il sistema a cerniera facilita la sformatura senza danneggiare la preparazione.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ22 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e8,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eSformatura laterale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eCerniera\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorte a più strati e cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCheesecake cremosi e bavaresi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorte nuziali a piani, in abbinamento ad altri diametri\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDolci per cerimonie familiari o ricevimenti\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Si consiglia il lavaggio a mano per preservare la finitura. Non lavabile in lavastoviglie.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e22 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e8,5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eSistema\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eCerniera rimovibile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavaggio a mano\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è l'altezza utile di questo stampo?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e8,5 cm, adatto a torte con più strati di crema e pan di Spagna, contro i 6,5 cm di uno stampo a cerniera classico a tenuta stagna dello stesso diametro.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003ePuò essere lavato in lavastoviglie?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eNo, si consiglia il lavaggio a mano per preservare la finitura dello stampo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto allo stampo alto Ø16 x 12 cm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto modello Ø22 cm offre un diametro ampio e un'altezza di 8,5 cm, mentre il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o16-x-12cm\"\u003eØ16 x 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e ha una base più stretta, ma decisamente più alta.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScoprite la collezione completa degli \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-a-charnieres\"\u003estampi a cerniera Patisse\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o16-x-12cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eØ16 x 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-a-charnieres\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi a cerniera Patisse\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eCollezione di anelli e telai\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31838136336426,"sku":"03523","price":14.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-a-charniere-bord-haut-o22-x-85cm-patisse-1.png?v=1772135076"},{"product_id":"moule-a-charniere-fond-etanche-o26cm","title":"Stampo a cerniera","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePatisse - Stampi a cerniera\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo a cerniera con fondo a tenuta\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eLo stampo a cerniera versatile della gamma Patisse, dal Ø12 al Ø28 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLo stampo a cerniera con fondo a tenuta di Patisse semplifica la sformatura delle torte delicate: la parete si apre lateralmente senza dover capovolgere il dolce. Disponibile in sei diametri, da 12 a 28 cm, è adatto sia alle porzioni singole sia alle torte da condividere, come cheesecake, entremets e crostate alte.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametri disponibili\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eØ12-28 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eAcciaio antiaderente\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003ePer impasti liquidi\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eFondo a tenuta\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eChiudere la cerniera prima di versare l'impasto per tenere il fondo ben aderente alla parete.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePer gli impasti molto liquidi, rivestire il fondo con un foglio di carta da forno.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAprire la cerniera dopo la cottura o il raffreddamento per liberare la torta senza capovolgerla.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eIl Ø20-24 cm è adatto alla maggior parte delle ricette per famiglie, il Ø12-16 cm alle porzioni singole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Si consiglia il lavaggio a mano per preservare il rivestimento antiaderente. Asciugare il meccanismo della cerniera dopo ogni lavaggio per evitare la formazione di macchie.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAcciaio con rivestimento antiaderente\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eFondo\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eA tenuta, smontabile con cerniera\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametri\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eØ12 cm (h 4 cm), Ø16 cm (h 4 cm), Ø20 cm (h 6,5 cm), Ø24 cm (h 6,5 cm), Ø26 cm (h 6,5 cm), Ø28 cm (h 6,5 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eA cosa serve uno stampo a cerniera con fondo a tenuta?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLa parete si apre lateralmente e il fondo è a tenuta: ideale per impasti liquidi come quello della cheesecake, senza dover capovolgere il dolce.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale diametro scegliere per una cheesecake da condividere?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl Ø20-24 cm è adatto per 8-10 porzioni. Per una versione monoporzione a forma di cuore, vedi lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-coeur-charniere-12cm-patisse\"\u003estampo a cerniera a cuore da 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo è adatto alle torte con bordi molto alti?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLa sua altezza varia da 4 a 6,5 cm a seconda del diametro. Per preparazioni più alte, la gamma Bordo Alto (\u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o12-x-12cm\"\u003eØ12 x 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o16-x-12cm\"\u003eØ16 x 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e) offre un'altezza fino a 12 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScoprite l'intera \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-a-charnieres\"\u003ecollezione di stampi a cerniera\u003c\/a\u003e e i nostri \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-entremets\"\u003estampi per entremets\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-coeur-charniere-12cm-patisse\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo a cerniera a cuore 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o12-x-12cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eØ12 x 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o16-x-12cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eØ16 x 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"⌀12cm altezza 4cm","offer_id":47125974516051,"sku":"03609","price":8.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"⌀16cm altezza 4cm","offer_id":47125974548819,"sku":"03610","price":10.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"⌀20cm altezza 6,5cm","offer_id":47125974581587,"sku":"03611","price":12.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"⌀24cm altezza 6,5cm","offer_id":47125974614355,"sku":"03613","price":17.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"⌀26cm altezza 6,5cm","offer_id":47125974647123,"sku":"03614","price":15.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"⌀28cm altezza 6,5cm","offer_id":47125974679891,"sku":"03615","price":19.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-a-charniere-patisse-1.png?v=1772135082"},{"product_id":"moule-a-brownie","title":"Stampo per brownie","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePME Cake - Stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title\"\u003eStampo per brownie\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eTeglia rettangolare in acciaio per brownies e quadrotti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo rettangolare in acciaio è progettato per cuocere brownies alti e uniformi, con bordi netti che facilitano il taglio a quadrotti.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAcciaio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eForma\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eRettangolare\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eForno tradizionale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e220 °C\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBrownies al cioccolato, blondies, quadrotti al caramello\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorte da tagliare in porzioni individuali\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBasi per dessert quadrati o tronchetti rettangolari\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCottura uniforme grazie alla conduzione dell’acciaio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eConsiglio:\u003c\/strong\u003e rivestire il fondo con carta da forno per facilitare l’estrazione delle preparazioni molto morbide o appiccicose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRettangolare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAcciaio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eUtilizzo\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eBrownies, blondies, quadrotti da pasticceria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eTemperatura del forno\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eFino a 220 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eSi consiglia il lavaggio a mano\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eLo stampo è adatto per brownies molto morbidi?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, per questo tipo di preparazioni appiccicose si consiglia di rivestire il fondo con carta da forno per facilitare l’estrazione.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può usare per ricette diverse dai brownies?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, è adatto anche per blondies, quadrotti al caramello e basi rettangolari per dessert.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCome evitare che i bordi cuociano troppo in fretta?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eAbbassare leggermente la temperatura del forno di 10-15 °C rispetto a quella indicata nella ricetta originale limita la cottura eccessiva dei bordi in questo formato compatto.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScoprite i nostri \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003estampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e e la nostra gamma di \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/mix-aide-a-la-preparation\"\u003emix per preparazioni\u003c\/a\u003e, tra cui il mix per brownies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/mix-aide-a-la-preparation\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eMix per preparazioni\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32166604800042,"sku":"OBL07111","price":13.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-a-brownie-pme-1.png?v=1772135520"},{"product_id":"moule-coeur-o-25cm","title":"Stampo a cuore - Ø 25cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo a cuore - Ø 25 cm - PME Cake\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eStampo per torta a forma di cuore, in alluminio professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLo stampo a cuore Ø 25 cm PME Cake è adatto per una torta a cuore per tutta la famiglia o come base per una torta a forma di numero a più cifre. La sua forma profonda in alluminio assicura una cottura uniforme su tutta la superficie.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 25 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e7,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorta a cuore per tutta la famiglia, per una cerimonia o un compleanno\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBase per torta a forma di numero a due cifre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorta a strati a forma di cuore con più strati farciti\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e rivesti il fondo con carta da forno, oltre a imburrarlo e infarinarlo: la punta del cuore trattiene facilmente l'impasto crudo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eØ 25 cm, altezza 7,5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eResistenza termica\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eForno tradizionale e ventilato, fino a 220 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavare a mano e asciugare subito\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuante porzioni si ottengono da una torta cotta in questo stampo Ø 25 cm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eUna torta a cuore Ø 25 cm, farcita fino a un'altezza di 7,5 cm, dà in genere da 10 a 14 porzioni, a seconda dello spessore degli strati di farcitura.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo è adatto per una torta a forma di numero?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, la forma a cuore viene spesso usata come base decorativa abbinata a numeri ritagliati, per una composizione di San Valentino o di compleanno.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eServe un tempo di cottura diverso rispetto a uno stampo rotondo?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLa punta del cuore cuoce un po' più velocemente del centro: controlla la doratura e verifica la cottura sulla punta con una lama sottile.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri anche gli \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\"\u003estampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e e le \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/layer-cake\"\u003etorte a strati\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/layer-cake\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eTorta a strati\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/supports-a-gateaux\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eEspositori\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32200351776810,"sku":"HRT103","price":15.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-coeur-o-25cm-pme-1.jpg?v=1772135630"},{"product_id":"moule-carre-wilton-20-x-20-cm","title":"Stampo quadrato 20 x 20 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSTAMPO IN ACCIAIO INOSSIDABILE\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo quadrato Recipe Right 20 x 20 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eAlluminio pressofuso monoblocco, profondità 5 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo quadrato Wilton della linea Recipe Right è realizzato in alluminio pressofuso in un unico pezzo, per una diffusione uniforme del calore. Il formato 20 x 20 cm e la profondità di 5 cm lo rendono uno stampo versatile, adatto sia ai brownies che alle torte quadrate e alle preparazioni salate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003edimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e20 x 20 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eprofondità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003emateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAlluminio pressofuso in un unico pezzo, senza punti caldi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eRivestimento antiaderente per sformare facilmente\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFormato 20 x 20 cm, profondità 5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBordi dritti per tagliare porzioni regolari\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eEsclusivamente lavaggio a mano\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Lascia riposare i brownies nello stampo per almeno 15 minuti prima di tagliarli: i bordi resteranno netti e il taglio sarà più regolare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eWilton, linea Recipe Right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAlluminio pressofuso, rivestimento antiaderente\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eQuadrata\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e20 x 20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eProfondità\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavaggio a mano\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo è adatto ai brownies?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, il formato 20 x 20 cm con una profondità di 5 cm corrisponde allo standard delle ricette di brownies e blondies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può usare per preparazioni salate?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, è adatto anche a focacce, gratin o pani veloci grazie alla profondità di 5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eÈ necessario imburrare lo stampo nonostante il rivestimento antiaderente?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eUn leggero strato di burro o della carta da forno sul fondo prolunga la durata del rivestimento e facilita ulteriormente la sformatura, soprattutto per gli impasti appiccicosi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/wilton\"\u003eCollezione Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003eStampi in acciaio inossidabile\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati, rettangolari e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/wilton\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eCollezione Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi in acciaio inossidabile\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati, rettangolari e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Wilton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39431077756970,"sku":"03-0-0038","price":7.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-carre-wilton-20-x-20-cm-wilton-1.jpg?v=1772138210"},{"product_id":"moule-rectangle-wilton-33-x-22-9-cm","title":"Stampo rettangolare 33 x 22,9 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSTAMPO IN ACCIAIO INOSSIDABILE\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo rettangolare Recipe Right 33 x 22,9 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eAcciaio alluminato per cake e brownie\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo rettangolare Wilton della linea Recipe Right è realizzato in acciaio alluminato, per una conduzione termica uniforme e una cottura regolare. Il formato da 33 x 22,9 cm con 5,08 cm di profondità è adatto a cake, brownie e dolci di dimensioni standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003einterna\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e33 x 22,9 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eprofondità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e5,08 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAcciaio alluminato per una distribuzione uniforme del calore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eRivestimento antiaderente, facile da sformare\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDimensioni interne: 33 x 22,9 x 5,08 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDimensione esterna: 37 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSi consiglia il lavaggio a mano\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Per sformare perfettamente un cake, lasciatelo intiepidire per 10 minuti nello stampo prima di capovolgerlo su una griglia: la struttura ha il tempo di rassodarsi senza attaccarsi alle pareti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eWilton, linea Recipe Right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAcciaio alluminato, rivestimento antiaderente\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRettangolare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni interne\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e33 x 22,9 x 5,08 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensione esterna\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e37 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavaggio a mano\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo è adatto a un cake classico?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, il formato rettangolare standard è adatto a cake, pound cake e pani veloci.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la profondità utile dello stampo?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e5,08 cm, sufficienti per un cake che lievita bene senza traboccare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eRichiede una manutenzione particolare?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSi consiglia il lavaggio a mano per preservare nel tempo il rivestimento antiaderente.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/wilton\"\u003eCollezione Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003eStampi in acciaio inossidabile\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/patisserie-professionnelle\"\u003ePasticceria professionale\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/wilton\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eCollezione Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi in acciaio inossidabile\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/patisserie-professionnelle\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ePasticceria professionale\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Wilton","offers":[{"title":"Semplice","offer_id":39959277207594,"sku":"03-0-0039","price":7.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Renforcé","offer_id":39959277240362,"sku":"03-0-0094","price":8.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Semplice con Coperchio","offer_id":40481766244394,"sku":"03-0-0040","price":10.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-rectangle-wilton-33-x-229-cm-wilton-1.jpg?v=1772139479"},{"product_id":"moule-inox-coeurs-pme-variantes-disponibles","title":"Stampo Cuori","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title\"\u003eStampo Cuori\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eStampo multicavità in acciaio inossidabile, mini cuori\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLo stampo Cuori PME Cake riunisce diverse cavità a forma di cuore in un'unica teglia, disponibile con 6 o 12 cavità a seconda del modello scelto. Un formato pratico per preparare mini tortine in serie.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eCavità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e6 o 12\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eForma\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eCuore\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eAcciaio inossidabile\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eMini tortine a forma di cuore per San Valentino o una cerimonia in famiglia\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFinancier o tortine morbide a forma di cuore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePasticcini assortiti per un buffet di dolci\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e imburrate ogni cavità singolarmente, compresi gli angoli della punta, per sformare facilmente tutti i dolcetti dallo stampo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eModello\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e6 cavità o 12 cavità\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eCuore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAcciaio inossidabile alimentare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eResistenza al calore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eForno tradizionale e ventilato, fino a 220 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavaggio a mano\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza tra il modello a 6 e quello a 12 cavità?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl numero di mini cuori ottenuti per infornata: 6 cavità per dolcetti più grandi, 12 cavità per pasticcini più piccoli e numerosi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuanto tempo di cottura è necessario per preparare mini torte in questo stampo?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eCalcolate un tempo di cottura ridotto rispetto a uno stampo classico, generalmente da 15 a 20 minuti a seconda della ricetta: le cavità piccole cuociono più velocemente.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può usare questo stampo per preparare i financier?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, la forma a cuore è adatta sia a un impasto per financier sia a un normale impasto per torta, purché lo stampo sia imburrato con cura.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri anche \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003eStampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e e \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/supports-a-gateaux\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eEspositori\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"6 cavità","offer_id":39680056885290,"sku":"CSB125","price":15.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"12 cavità","offer_id":39680056918058,"sku":"CSB120","price":15.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-coeurs-variantes-disponibles-pme-1.png?v=1772140849"},{"product_id":"plaque-de-cuisson-profonde-42-x-29-x-4-cm","title":"Piastra di Cottura Profonda: 42 x 29 x 4 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eDr Oetker - Teglie da forno\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eTeglia da forno profonda 42 x 29 x 4 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eTrattiene i liquidi nelle preparazioni umide\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesta teglia profonda in acciaio con rivestimento antiaderente misura 42 x 29 x 4 cm. Il bordo alto 4 cm la rende la teglia ideale per tutte le preparazioni che rilasciano liquidi durante la cottura: brownies, gratin, clafoutis, far breton, lasagne e arrosti della domenica. È compatibile con forni tradizionali, ventilati e professionali.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e42x29x4 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eAcciaio antiaderente\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eResistenza al forno\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e250 °C\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzi\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBrownies e torte morbide e dense\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eGratin di pasta, clafoutis e far breton\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eLasagne per tutta la famiglia e piatti al forno a cottura lenta\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eArrosti e preparazioni salate che rilasciano liquidi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e rivestite la teglia con carta da forno o un tappetino in silicone per facilitare la sformatura e preservare il rivestimento antiaderente. Lavate a mano con una spugna morbida, senza utensili metallici affilati.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eDr Oetker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e42 x 29 x 4 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAcciaio con rivestimento antiaderente\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eCompatibilità con il forno\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eTradizionale, ventilato, professionale fino a 250 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eSi consiglia il lavaggio a mano\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDurata stimata\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eDa 5 a 10 anni con un uso regolare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003ePerché scegliere questa teglia invece di una classica teglia piatta?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLa profondità di 4 cm trattiene le preparazioni liquide come brownies, gratin o clafoutis, che traboccherebbero da una teglia piatta.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può usare per un arrosto?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, la sua profondità è adatta sia alle preparazioni umide dolci sia a un arrosto domenicale per tutta la famiglia.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCome prendersene cura per farla durare a lungo?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLavala a mano con una spugna morbida e acqua tiepida e sapone, poi asciugala completamente prima di riporla.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eCompleta la tua attrezzatura con la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/plaque-ajustable-33-x-37-52-x-1-5-cm\"\u003eTeglia regolabile 33 x 37-52 cm\u003c\/a\u003e per le preparazioni più basse, oppure esplora le nostre \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/plaques-grilles\"\u003eteglie \u0026amp; griglie\u003c\/a\u003e. Scopri anche la collezione \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/dr-oetker\"\u003eDr Oetker\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScopri di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/plaque-ajustable-33-x-37-52-x-1-5-cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eTeglia regolabile 33 x 37-52 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/plaques-grilles\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eTeglie \u0026amp; griglie\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/dr-oetker\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eDr Oetker\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DR OETKER","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40142570848298,"sku":"DRO1450","price":16.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/plaque-de-cuisson-profonde-42-x-29-x-4-cm-dr-oetker-1.jpg?v=1772142596"},{"product_id":"moules-a-layer-cake-coeur-15cm","title":"Stampi per torta a strati - Cuore 15cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eDECORA · STAMPO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampi per layer cake - Cuore 15 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eStampo a cuore con rivestimento antiaderente per layer cake romantiche\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo a forma di cuore con rivestimento antiaderente permette di cuocere uno strato di torta da usare per una layer cake. La sua forma si presta a composizioni romantiche, da impilare con altri strati in base all'altezza desiderata.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCARATTERISTICHE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eForma\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eCuore\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e15 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ealtezza 2 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eAntiaderente\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCONSIGLI PER L'USO\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePreriscaldate il forno secondo le istruzioni della vostra ricetta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eUngi leggermente lo stampo prima di versare l'impasto.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eLascia raffreddare completamente lo strato prima di sformarlo e farcirlo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSovrapponi più strati con crema, ganache o frutta per comporre la layer cake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e lava lo stampo a mano con acqua calda e sapone, senza usare spugne abrasive né la lavastoviglie, per preservare il rivestimento antiaderente.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo a cuore è adatto a una layer cake a più piani?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì: abbina più stampi Cuore da 15 cm oppure completa con il Set di 5 stampi per Layer Cake da 15 cm per sovrapporre più strati.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può usare per preparazioni salate?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, il rivestimento antiaderente è adatto sia alle torte dolci sia a quiche e torte salate a forma di cuore.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCome preservare il rivestimento antiaderente?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLavalo a mano con acqua calda e sapone e un panno morbido, senza usare spugne abrasive né la lavastoviglie.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eCompleta con il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-a-layer-cake-15cm\"\u003eSet di 5 stampi per Layer Cake da 15 cm\u003c\/a\u003e o il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/coeur-micro-perfore-inox-18x16-cm\"\u003eCuore microforato in acciaio inox 18x16 cm\u003c\/a\u003e, dalla \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moule-a-layer-cake\"\u003ecollezione di stampi per Layer Cake\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScopri di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-a-layer-cake-15cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eSet di 5 stampi per Layer Cake da 15 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/coeur-micro-perfore-inox-18x16-cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eCuore microforato in acciaio inox 18x16 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moule-a-layer-cake\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione di stampi per Layer Cake\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40383255019562,"sku":"0070034","price":19.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moules-a-layer-cake-coeur-15cm-decora-1.jpg?v=1772143198"},{"product_id":"moule-rond-a-fond-amovible-hauteur-7-5cm-choisir-le-diametre","title":"Stampo rotondo con fondo removibile - Altezza 7,5 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo rotondo con fondo rimovibile - Altezza 7,5 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eStampo rotondo per torte con fondo rimovibile, in alluminio professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLo stampo rotondo PME Cake con fondo rimovibile facilita la sformatura delle preparazioni delicate grazie alla base staccabile. È disponibile in quattro diametri, da 10 a 25 cm, con un'altezza fissa di 7,5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e7,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro a scelta\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eDa 10 a 25 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCheesecake o entremets da sformare con delicatezza\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorta con una fragile base di biscotti da non capovolgere\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eLayer cake in cui ogni strato deve mantenere una base netta\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e passa una lama sottile lungo la parete prima di aprire il fondo rimovibile, anche se lo stampo è progettato per sformare senza fatica.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e7,5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eA scelta, da 10 a 25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAlluminio, fondo rimovibile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavare a mano e asciugare subito entrambe le parti\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo è a tenuta per una cheesecake cotta a bagnomaria?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl fondo rimovibile non è perfettamente a tenuta: avvolgi l'esterno con un doppio strato di carta stagnola prima della cottura a bagnomaria.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale diametro scegliere per una cheesecake per 8 persone?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eUn diametro di 20 cm e un'altezza di 7,5 cm sono adatti per una cheesecake da 8 a 10 porzioni, a seconda dello spessore delle fette.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCome sformare senza danneggiare la base di biscotti?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLascia riposare la torta in frigorifero prima di aprire il fondo rimovibile, poi falla scivolare direttamente sul piatto da portata.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri anche \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e e \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/supports-a-gateaux\"\u003ealzate per torte\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eApprofondisci\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/supports-a-gateaux\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eAlzate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/layer-cake\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eLayer cake\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"10cm","offer_id":40426287890474,"sku":"LBR043","price":6.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"15cm","offer_id":40426287005738,"sku":"LBR063","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"20cm","offer_id":40426287038506,"sku":"LBR083","price":14.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"25cm","offer_id":40426287071274,"sku":"LBR103","price":19.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-rond-a-fond-amovible-hauteur-75cm-choisir-le-diametre-pme-1.jpg?v=1736458557"},{"product_id":"moule-a-cake-23-5cm","title":"Stampo per plumcake - 23,5 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePME Cake - Stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title\"\u003eStampo per plumcake - 23,5 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eStampo rettangolare per plumcake in acciaio, lunghezza 23,5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo per plumcake in acciaio, lungo 23,5 cm, è adatto ai classici plumcake dolci e salati e garantisce una cottura uniforme dal centro ai bordi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eLunghezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e23,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAcciaio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eForno tradizionale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e220 °C\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePlumcake dolci (al limone, marmorizzati, quattro quarti)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePlumcake salati per aperitivi e buffet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePani veloci e plumcake alla banana\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTerrine dolci da sformare in fette nette\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eConsiglio:\u003c\/strong\u003e infarina leggermente lo stampo imburrato per le preparazioni ricche di frutta o gocce di cioccolato, così non cadranno sul fondo durante la cottura.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eLunghezza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e23,5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForme\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRettangolare (cake)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAcciaio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eTemperatura del forno\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eFino a 220 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eSi consiglia il lavaggio a mano\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo è adatto alle torte salate?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, è adatto sia alle torte dolci sia a quelle salate, da servire come aperitivo o a un buffet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCome evitare che la frutta o le gocce di cioccolato finiscano sul fondo?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eInfarinarli leggermente prima di aggiungerli all'impasto limita questo fenomeno durante la cottura.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuanto impasto occorre per questo formato?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eCalcolare un impasto per una torta classica da 4 a 6 persone, senza superare i due terzi dell'altezza dello stampo per lasciare lievitare l'impasto.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri i nostri \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003estampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e e il nostro \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/mix-aide-a-la-preparation\"\u003emix per preparazioni\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/mix-aide-a-la-preparation\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003emix per preparazioni\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40491758059562,"sku":"CSB102","price":6.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-a-cake-235cm-pme-1.jpg?v=1772144475"},{"product_id":"moule-wilton-rond-haut-hauteur-10cm-choisir-le-diametre","title":"Stampo per torta - Altezza 10cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSTAMPO ROTONDO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo rotondo extra profondo, altezza 10 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eAlluminio anodizzato, 4 diametri a scelta\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo rotondo Wilton della linea Decorator Preferred, in alluminio anodizzato, consente di cuocere una base alta 10 cm in un'unica cottura, ideale per layer cake e wedding cake strutturati. È disponibile in 4 diametri a scelta: 10, 15, 20 o 25 cm, tutti con altezza costante di 10 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003ealtezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e10 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003ediametri\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e10\/15\/20\/25 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003ealluminio\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAnodizzato\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAlluminio anodizzato, resistente alla ruggine e durevole nel tempo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAltezza costante di 10 cm per i 4 diametri disponibili\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBordi extra larghi per una presa facile, anche quando lo stampo è pieno di impasto\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCottura uniforme, adatta agli impasti pesanti per layer cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSolo lavaggio a mano, non lavare in lavastoviglie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Utilizzate delle fasce umide per la cottura attorno allo stampo per ottenere una cottura più uniforme dal centro al bordo, senza una cupola centrale da livellare in seguito.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarchio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eWilton Decorator Preferred\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAlluminio anodizzato\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametri disponibili\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e10, 15, 20, 25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eBordi\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eExtra larghi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavare a mano\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale diametro scegliere per una torta nuziale a piani?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eI 4 diametri (10, 15, 20, 25 cm) permettono di creare più piani di diverse dimensioni per una torta a piani.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003ePerché è utile un'altezza di 10 cm per una layer cake?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003ePermette di cuocere una base alta in un'unica infornata, da tagliare poi con il tagliatorte in più strati uguali, invece di cuocere ogni strato separatamente.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCome evitare che si formi una cupola al centro durante la cottura?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eUsando strisce di cottura umide attorno allo stampo, che regolano la temperatura dei bordi durante la cottura.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/wilton\"\u003eCollezione Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moule-a-layer-cake\"\u003eStampo per layer cake\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati, rettangolari e a forma di cuore\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/wilton\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eCollezione Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moule-a-layer-cake\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo per layer cake\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati, rettangolari e a forma di cuore\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Wilton","offers":[{"title":"10cm","offer_id":46839812686163,"sku":"129001699","price":7.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"12.5cm","offer_id":53447339671891,"sku":"129001700","price":8.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"15cm","offer_id":46839812751699,"sku":"129001701","price":11.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"17.5cm","offer_id":53447345144147,"sku":"129001702","price":13.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"20cm","offer_id":46839812817235,"sku":"129001703","price":14.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"22.5cm","offer_id":53447350321491,"sku":"129001704","price":16.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"25cm","offer_id":46839812882771,"sku":"129001705","price":18.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30cm","offer_id":53447356547411,"sku":"129001706","price":22.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-a-gateau-hauteur-10cm-choisir-le-diametre-wilton-1.jpg?v=1772146867"},{"product_id":"moule-coeur-22cm","title":"Stampo a cuore - 22cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eSTAMPO A CUORE\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title\"\u003eStampo a cuore 22 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eTorta a forma di cuore, lavabile in lavastoviglie\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo Wilton a forma di cuore, di circa 22 cm di diametro e 5,8 cm di altezza, è adatto per torte di San Valentino, compleanni o qualsiasi occasione in cui si desideri un tocco romantico. È lavabile in lavastoviglie per una facile pulizia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003edimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e22 x 5,8 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eForma a cuore per creazioni romantiche\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDimensioni: circa 22 x 5,8 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eResistente al lavaggio in lavastoviglie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAdatto anche a mousse e gelatine, non solo alle torte\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDesign resistente per un uso ripetuto\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Per ottenere un taglio netto dopo aver sformato la torta, lasciatela raffreddare completamente prima di glassarla: la forma a cuore, più fragile sulle punte, è più facile da maneggiare quando è fredda.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarchio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eWilton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eCuore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ecirca 22 x 5,8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eCompatibile con la lavastoviglie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo è adatto solo a San Valentino?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLa forma a cuore è adatta a San Valentino, ma anche ai compleanni o a qualsiasi occasione in cui si desideri un tocco romantico.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi possono preparare altre cose oltre a una torta con questo stampo?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, è adatto anche a mousse e gelatine, oltre che alle torte tradizionali.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo è lavabile in lavastoviglie?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, è lavabile in lavastoviglie, per una facile pulizia quotidiana.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/wilton\"\u003eCollezione Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati, rettangolari e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003eStampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/wilton\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eCollezione Wilton\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati, rettangolari e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Wilton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47058911297875,"sku":"03-0-0135","price":11.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-coeur-22cm-wilton-1.jpg?v=1772147381"},{"product_id":"moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o16-x-12cm","title":"Stampo per torta a bordi alti Ø16 x 12cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePatisse - Stampi a cerniera\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo per torte a bordo alto Ø16 x 12 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eDiametro e altezza generosi per torte a piani voluminose\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eCon i suoi 16 cm di diametro e 12 cm di altezza, questo stampo a cerniera a bordo alto è adatto per torte a piani, cheesecake e torte al formaggio bianco che richiedono più volume rispetto ai formati Ø12 cm della gamma.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ16 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e12 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eResistenza al calore\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e230 °C\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorte a piani e cake design voluminosi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCheesecake abbondanti e torte al formaggio bianco\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePreparazioni che richiedono sia altezza sia superficie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Resiste fino a 230 °C. Si consiglia il lavaggio a mano; non lavabile in lavastoviglie.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e16 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e12 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eSistema\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eCerniera smontabile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eResistenza al calore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e230 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavaggio a mano\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto al modello Ø12 x 12 cm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eStessa altezza (12 cm), ma diametro più ampio (16 cm contro 12 cm), per ottenere più porzioni. Vedi lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o12-x-12cm\"\u003estampo Ø12 x 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eÈ adatto per una torta a piani alta?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eL'altezza di 12 cm consente di versare uno strato abbondante, eventualmente da abbinare ad altri diametri della gamma.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto al modello a bordo alto Ø22 x 8,5 cm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto modello privilegia l'altezza (12 cm) con un diametro più contenuto, mentre il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-charniere-bord-haut-o22-x-9-cm\"\u003eØ22 x 8,5 cm\u003c\/a\u003e privilegia il diametro, con un'altezza più classica.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eConfronta i formati a bordo alto della \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-a-charnieres\"\u003ecollezione di stampi a cerniera\u003c\/a\u003e, tra cui il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o12-x-12cm\"\u003eØ12 x 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e e il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-charniere-bord-haut-o22-x-9-cm\"\u003eØ22 x 8,5 cm\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o12-x-12cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo Ø12 x 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-charniere-bord-haut-o22-x-9-cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eØ22 x 8,5 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-a-charnieres\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Stampi a Cerniera\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47126053519699,"sku":"02820","price":8.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o12-x-12cm-patisse-1.jpg?v=1777685812"},{"product_id":"moule-rectangulaire-40x30cm","title":"Stampo rettangolare 40x30cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePME Cake - Stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo rettangolare 40x30 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eTeglia da forno in acciaio 40 x 30 cm, formato professionale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesta teglia rettangolare in acciaio da 40 x 30 cm offre un'ampia superficie di cottura per pan di Spagna sottili, rotoli o torte da tagliare in numerose porzioni.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e40 x 30 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAcciaio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eForno tradizionale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e220 °C\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePan di Spagna sottili per rotoli o tronchetti\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorte con molte porzioni per eventi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBase per tiramisù o entremets da tagliare\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBiscotti tipo dacquoise o joconde in grande formato\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eConsiglio:\u003c\/strong\u003e rivestire tutta la superficie con carta da forno per gli impasti sottili e delicati, così da facilitarne la sformatura.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e40 x 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRettangolare, teglia piatta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAcciaio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eUso\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePan di Spagna sottili, rotoli, grandi formati\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eTemperatura del forno\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eFino a 220 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto formato è adatto per un rotolo?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, il suo spessore ridotto e la sua ampia superficie sono ideali per pan di Spagna sottili da arrotolare.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuante porzioni si possono ottenere con questo formato?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eA seconda del taglio, questo formato permette generalmente di ottenere tra 20 e 30 porzioni per un evento o un buffet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eServe la carta da forno su tutta la superficie?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, per gli impasti sottili e appiccicosi, rivestire tutta la teglia facilita notevolmente la sformatura.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri i nostri \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003estampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e e i nostri \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\"\u003ecerchi e cornici da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e per il taglio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecerchi e telai da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47218089296211,"sku":"OBL12162","price":28.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-rectangulaire-40x30cm-pme-1.jpg?v=1772148311"},{"product_id":"moule-coeur-o-30cm","title":"Stampo a cuore - Ø 30cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title\"\u003eStampo a cuore - Ø 30 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eStampo per torte a forma di cuore, in alluminio professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLo stampo a cuore PME Cake Ø 30 cm è adatto per una torta da ricevimento o per la base di una torta a piani a forma di cuore. L'alluminio garantisce una cottura uniforme in questo formato grande.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 30 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e7,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorta a forma di cuore per un ricevimento o una cerimonia di famiglia\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBase per torta a piani o wedding cake a forma di cuore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eNumber cake a più strati, formato grande\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e con questo diametro, prolungate leggermente il tempo di cottura a una temperatura più bassa per evitare che il centro rimanga poco cotto.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eØ 30 cm, altezza 7,5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eResistenza termica\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eForno tradizionale e ventilato, fino a 220 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavaggio a mano, asciugatura immediata\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuante porzioni si ottengono da una torta a forma di cuore Ø 30 cm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eUna torta a forma di cuore Ø 30 cm farcita dà in genere da 18 a 24 porzioni, a seconda dello spessore degli strati di farcitura.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eServe un supporto adatto per trasportare questa torta?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, per questo formato e questa forma si consiglia un supporto spesso e rigido, che concentri il peso verso la punta del cuore.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può cuocere questo stampo tutto in una volta senza che si deformi?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, a condizione di distribuire bene l'impasto e controllare la cottura al centro: con un diametro grande, il centro cuoce più lentamente dei bordi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri anche \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati \u0026amp; a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e e \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/supports-a-gateaux\"\u003eEspositori\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati \u0026amp; a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/supports-a-gateaux\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eEspositori\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/layer-cake\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eLayer cake\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47627228283219,"sku":"HRT123","price":22.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-coeur-o-30cm-pme-1.jpg?v=1772149812"},{"product_id":"moule-coeur-o-35cm","title":"Stampo a Cuore - Ø 35cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eTorta PME\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title\"\u003eTeglia a cuore - Ø 35 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eTeglia professionale in alluminio a forma di cuore\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLo stampo a cuore PME Cake Ø 35 cm è il formato più grande della gamma, pensato per una torta a piani o una torta a forma di cuore per un grande ricevimento. L'alluminio distribuisce il calore su tutta la superficie.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 35 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e7,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorta a piani o wedding cake a forma di cuore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorta per un grande ricevimento o una cerimonia di famiglia\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBase per number cake formato grande\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e con questo diametro, un impasto troppo liquido rischia di fuoriuscire dai bordi: non riempite mai oltre i due terzi dell'altezza.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eØ 35 cm, altezza 7,5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eResistenza termica\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eForno tradizionale e ventilato, fino a 220 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavaggio a mano, asciugatura immediata\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuante porzioni si ottengono da questo stampo grande a cuore Ø 35 cm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSi ottengono in genere da 25 a 30 porzioni da una torta a forma di cuore Ø 35 cm farcita, a seconda dello spessore delle fette.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto formato richiede un forno specifico?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eNo, è sufficiente un forno domestico standard, se la griglia interna consente di appoggiare lo stampo in piano. È preferibile la modalità ventilata per una cottura uniforme.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale supporto usare per presentare questa torta una volta tolta dallo stampo?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eUn supporto spesso a forma di cuore o un grande vassoio rigido, di oltre 35 cm, per lasciare spazio per maneggiarlo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScoprite anche \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e e \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/supports-a-gateaux\"\u003eAlzate per torte\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/supports-a-gateaux\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eAlzate per torte\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/layer-cake\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eLayer Cake\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47627264328019,"sku":"HRT143","price":28.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-coeur-o-35cm-pme-1.jpg?v=1772149816"},{"product_id":"moules-a-layer-cake-15cm","title":"Set\/5 Stampi per Torta a Strati - 15cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eDECORA · STAMPO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eSet di 5 stampi per layer cake - 15 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003e5 stampi rotondi per preparare una layer cake a più strati in un'unica infornata\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto set di 5 stampi rotondi con rivestimento antiaderente permette di cuocere contemporaneamente cinque strati di torta, pronti per essere farciti e impilati per una layer cake a più strati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCARATTERISTICHE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003ePezzi\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e5\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e15 x 3,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eper stampo\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eAntiaderente\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCONSIGLI PER L'USO\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDistribuite uniformemente l'impasto nei 5 stampi prima della cottura.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eInfornate tutti gli stampi insieme per cuocere uniformemente i 5 strati.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eLasciate raffreddare completamente prima di sformare utilizzando i piccoli manici.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFarcite ogni strato con crema, ganache o frutta, poi impilateli per assemblare la torta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa sapere\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e pulite delicatamente gli stampi dopo ogni utilizzo ed evitate gli utensili metallici per preservare il rivestimento antiaderente.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuanti stampi sono inclusi in questo set?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl set comprende 5 stampi rotondi da 15 x 3,5 cm ciascuno, progettati per impilare cinque strati di torta in un'unica infornata.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto allo Stampo a cuore per Layer Cake da 15 cm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto set di 5 stampi rotondi permette di preparare una classica layer cake a più strati, mentre lo Stampo a cuore da 15 cm è pensato per una forma a cuore.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto set è adatto alle ricette salate?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, come per le preparazioni dolci, si usa anche per strati salati come quelli della quiche, da impilare e farcire.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri anche lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-a-layer-cake-coeur-15cm\"\u003eStampo a cuore per Layer Cake da 15 cm\u003c\/a\u003e e il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-a-layer-cake-rectangle-25cm\"\u003eSet\/4 stampi rettangolari da 25 cm\u003c\/a\u003e, nella \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moule-a-layer-cake\"\u003ecollezione Stampo per Layer Cake\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-a-layer-cake-coeur-15cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo a cuore per Layer Cake da 15 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-a-layer-cake-rectangle-25cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eSet\/4 stampi rettangolari da 25 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moule-a-layer-cake\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Stampo per Layer Cake\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47975553630547,"sku":"0070033","price":19.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/set5-moules-pour-layer-cake-15cm-decora-1.jpg?v=1772150756"},{"product_id":"moule-coeur-o-15cm","title":"Stampo a cuore - Ø 15cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title\"\u003eStampo a forma di cuore - Ø 15 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eStampo per torta a forma di cuore, in alluminio professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLo stampo a forma di cuore PME Cake da Ø 15 cm è il formato piccolo della gamma, con altezza a scelta tra 5 e 7,5 cm in base allo spessore desiderato per la base. Ideale per una torta monoporzione o per due persone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 15 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza a scelta\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e5 o 7,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorta a forma di cuore per una o due persone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eMini torta a piani per San Valentino\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBase per provare una ricetta prima di passare a un formato più grande\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa tenere presente\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e per provare una ricetta, la versione alta 5 cm cuoce più rapidamente di quella da 7,5 cm: regolare di conseguenza il tempo di cottura.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eØ 15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eA scelta: 5 cm o 7,5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavare a mano, asciugare subito\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale altezza scegliere tra 5 e 7,5 cm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eL’altezza di 7,5 cm permette di tagliare due strati farciti, mentre quella di 5 cm è adatta a una torta semplice o per provare una ricetta.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuante porzioni si ottengono da questo formato piccolo da Ø 15 cm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eUna torta a forma di cuore da Ø 15 cm dà in genere da 2 a 4 porzioni, a seconda dell’altezza scelta e dello spessore delle fette.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo è adatto per una prova prima di realizzare una torta a più piani?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, è un formato pratico per provare una ricetta o una sfumatura di colore prima di realizzare la torta in formato grande.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri anche gli \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e e le \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/supports-a-gateaux\"\u003ealzate per torte\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/supports-a-gateaux\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eAlzate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/layer-cake\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eLayer cake\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"15cm x 7.5cm","offer_id":50382300971347,"sku":"HRT063","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"15cm x 5cm","offer_id":50382301004115,"sku":"HRT062","price":7.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-coeur-o-15cm-pme-1.jpg?v=1772150972"},{"product_id":"moule-de-cuisson-avec-couvercle","title":"Stampo da forno con coperchio","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eDECORA · STAMPO DA FORNO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo da forno con coperchio\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eCottura, conservazione e trasporto in un unico utensile\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto set abbina uno stampo rettangolare in metallo antiaderente a un robusto coperchio in plastica con manico integrato. Permette di cuocere, conservare e trasportare la preparazione nello stesso contenitore, senza travasarla.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eStampo\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e37 x 24,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eAltezza 5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eCoperchio\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e36 x 25 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eAltezza 4,1 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriali\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eMetallo + plastica\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eConsigli per l'uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eLasciare raffreddare completamente la preparazione prima di chiudere il coperchio, per evitare la condensa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eIl manico integrato del coperchio facilita il trasporto per un pasto condiviso o una cerimonia in famiglia.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eLavare lo stampo a mano per preservare il rivestimento antiaderente.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eIl coperchio può essere lavato in lavastoviglie, separatamente dallo stampo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa tenere presente\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Il coperchio non è progettato per essere messo in forno; serve solo per conservare e trasportare una volta terminata la cottura.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eIl coperchio è ermetico?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eOffre una buona protezione durante il trasporto e per la conservazione di breve durata, ma non è un sistema di chiusura ermetico sottovuoto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può usare solo lo stampo senza il coperchio?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, lo stampo può essere usato da solo per la cottura, come qualsiasi stampo rettangolare antiaderente.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto formato è adatto a un cake o a una torta più grande?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, le sue dimensioni di 37 x 24,5 cm sono adatte a torte rettangolari, cake e preparazioni salate come plumcake o torte salate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003ePer un formato cake più alto e geometrico, lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-slim-cake\"\u003estampo Slim Cake Gold Line\u003c\/a\u003e. Per un dolce con finiture ondulate, lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-charlotte-beatrice\"\u003estampo Charlotte Beatrice\u003c\/a\u003e. Scopra anche la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisserie-professionnelle\"\u003epasticceria professionale\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-slim-cake\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo Slim Cake Gold Line\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-charlotte-beatrice\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo Charlotte Beatrice\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisserie-professionnelle\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ePasticceria professionale\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48876387926355,"sku":"0070111","price":26.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-de-cuisson-avec-couvercle-decora-1.jpg?v=1772151620"},{"product_id":"moules-a-layer-cake-rectangle-25cm","title":"Set\/4 Stampo per Torta a Strati - Rettangolare 25cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eDECORA · STAMPO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eSet\/4 stampi per Layer Cake - rettangolari 25 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003e4 stampi rettangolari per una layer cake dalla forma allungata\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto set di 4 stampi rettangolari con rivestimento antiaderente e manici integrati permette di cuocere insieme quattro strati di torta per realizzare una layer cake dalla forma allungata.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCARATTERISTICHE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003ePezzi\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e4\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e25,5 x 10,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ealtezza 2 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eAntiaderente\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCONSIGLI PER L'USO\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eVersa la pastella nei 4 stampi in quantità uguali.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCuoci gli stampi insieme per ottenere strati cotti uniformemente.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eUsa i manici integrati per maneggiare gli stampi caldi appena sfornati.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eLascia raffreddare, poi impila gli strati aggiungendo una farcitura tra uno e l'altro.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa tenere presente\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Il rivestimento antiaderente facilita il distacco degli strati senza danneggiarli, un aspetto essenziale per ottenere un assemblaggio preciso.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuanti stampi sono inclusi?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl set include 4 stampi rettangolari da 25,5 x 10,5 cm e alti 2 cm, da cuocere insieme per una cottura uniforme.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eÈ possibile realizzare una layer cake rettangolare con questo set?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, è fatto proprio per questo: impila i 4 strati rettangolari con una farcitura tra uno strato e l'altro per ottenere una torta a strati allungata.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto formato è adatto alle preparazioni salate?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, come gli altri stampi Decora per Layer Cake, è adatto a ricette dolci e salate, come i plumcake salati.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri anche il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-a-layer-cake-15cm\"\u003eSet\/5 stampi per Layer Cake 15 cm\u003c\/a\u003e e lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-a-layer-cake-coeur-15cm\"\u003eStampo a cuore per Layer Cake 15 cm\u003c\/a\u003e, nella \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moule-a-layer-cake\"\u003ecollezione Stampi per Layer Cake\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScopri di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-a-layer-cake-15cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eSet\/5 stampi per Layer Cake 15 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-a-layer-cake-coeur-15cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo a cuore per Layer Cake 15 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moule-a-layer-cake\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Stampi per Layer Cake\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48876395069779,"sku":"0070032","price":19.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/set4-moules-a-layer-cake-rectangle-25cm-decora-1.jpg?v=1772151626"},{"product_id":"moule-bundt-savarin-20","title":"Stampo Bundt Ciambella Gigante Ø20cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eDECORA · STAMPO DA FORNO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo Bundt Ciambella Gigante Ø20 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eIl formato compatto della serie, per l'uso in famiglia\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo in acciaio antiaderente dà a una torta classica la forma di una ciambella gigante, grazie alla sua corona centrale. Il formato Ø 20 cm è il più compatto della serie Decora, adatto a preparare una torta di tutti i giorni per la famiglia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eø 20 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e7,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eAcciaio antiaderente\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eConsigli per l'uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eImburrare e infarinare leggermente il rilievo centrale, anche con un rivestimento antiaderente, per sformare senza problemi.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eLasciare intiepidire per 10 minuti prima di sformare: la corona centrale si stacca più facilmente da fredda.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eLavare a mano, senza spugne abrasive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eGlassare quando la torta si è raffreddata completamente, per ottenere un risultato definito sui rilievi.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e la forma a ciambella cuoce più rapidamente rispetto a uno stampo pieno dello stesso diametro, grazie alla circolazione del calore al centro: controllare la cottura qualche minuto prima del tempo abituale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto formato Ø 20 cm è adatto a un pranzo in famiglia?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, è il formato più compatto della serie, pensato per una torta per la famiglia da gustare ogni giorno, piuttosto che per un grande evento.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto ai diametri da 24 e 28 cm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl principio e il materiale sono identici; cambia solo la dimensione, per adattare il numero di porzioni all'occasione.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può usare questo stampo per un impasto classico da plumcake?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, è adatto sia a un impasto per torta tipo plumcake sia a una preparazione più leggera come il pan di Spagna.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003ePer un formato intermedio, lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-bundt-donut-geant-o24cm\"\u003eStampo Bundt Ciambella Gigante Ø24 cm\u003c\/a\u003e. Per una torta a piani per un evento, lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-bundt-donut-geant-o28cm\"\u003eStampo Bundt Ciambella Gigante Ø28 cm\u003c\/a\u003e. Scopri tutta la selezione su \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/decora\"\u003eDecora\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScopri di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-bundt-donut-geant-o24cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo Bundt a ciambella gigante Ø24 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-bundt-donut-geant-o28cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo Bundt a ciambella gigante Ø28 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/decora\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eDecora\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48876399591763,"sku":"0075025","price":11.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-bundt-donut-geant-o20cm-decora-1.jpg?v=1772151629"},{"product_id":"moule-bundt-donut-geant-o24cm","title":"Stampo Bundt Ciambella Gigante Ø24cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eDECORA · STAMPO DA FORNO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo Bundt per ciambella gigante Ø24 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eIl formato intermedio della serie, per un pasto da condividere\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo in acciaio antiaderente dà a una torta classica la forma di una ciambella gigante. Il formato Ø 24 cm, intermedio nella serie Decora, è adatto per un dessert da condividere durante un pasto o una riunione di famiglia, senza essere pensato per un numero molto elevato di ospiti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eø 24 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e7,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eAcciaio antiaderente\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eConsigli per l'uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eImburrare e infarinare leggermente il rilievo centrale prima di versare l'impasto.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSformare quando è tiepido, mai bollente, per preservare la definizione dei rilievi della corona.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eLavare a mano, senza spugne abrasive, per preservare a lungo l'antiaderenza.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eUna glassa versata al centro della corona mette in risalto il rilievo dello stampo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Per i diametri superiori al formato da 20 cm, la cottura richiede generalmente qualche minuto in più: controllare la cottura al cuore con la punta di un coltello prima di sformare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003ePer quante persone è pensato questo formato Ø 24 cm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto diametro intermedio è generalmente adatto a 10-12 porzioni, ideale per un pranzo in famiglia o un piccolo ricevimento.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto al formato Ø 20 cm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl principio e il materiale sono identici; il diametro da 24 cm offre più porzioni, per un pasto condiviso più abbondante.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo è adatto anche a un evento come un matrimonio?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003ePuò essere adatto a un dessert per una cerimonia intima; per una torta a piani destinata a molti invitati, il formato Ø 28 cm è più indicato.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003ePer un uso in famiglia in formato più compatto, lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-bundt-savarin-20\"\u003eStampo Bundt Ciambella Gigante Ø20 cm\u003c\/a\u003e. Per una torta a piani per un evento, lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-bundt-donut-geant-o28cm\"\u003eStampo Bundt Ciambella Gigante Ø28 cm\u003c\/a\u003e. Scopri tutta la selezione su \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/decora\"\u003eDecora\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-bundt-savarin-20\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo Bundt Ciambella Gigante Ø20 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-bundt-donut-geant-o28cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo Bundt Ciambella Gigante Ø28 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/decora\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eDecora\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48876403032403,"sku":"0075026","price":13.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-bundt-donut-geant-o24cm-decora-1.jpg?v=1772151631"},{"product_id":"moule-bundt-donut-geant-o28cm","title":"Stampo Bundt Ciambella Gigante Ø28cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eDECORA · STAMPO DA FORNO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo Bundt a ciambella gigante Ø28 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eIl formato grande della serie, per torte a piani\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo in acciaio antiaderente dà a una torta classica la forma di una ciambella gigante. Il formato Ø 28 cm, il più grande della serie Decora, è pensato per una torta da evento: matrimonio, cerimonia familiare o grande riunione.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eø 28 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e7,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eAcciaio antiaderente\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eConsigli per l'uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eImburrare e infarinare con cura il rilievo centrale, poiché la superficie di contatto è maggiore in questo formato grande.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eProlungare leggermente il tempo di cottura rispetto ai formati da 20 e 24 cm e controllare la cottura al cuore.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eLasciare intiepidire prima di sformare per preservare la definizione dei rilievi su una torta di queste dimensioni.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eLavare a mano, senza spugne abrasive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Con questo formato grande, un tempo di riposo più lungo prima di sformare riduce il rischio di rottura al centro della corona, la parte più sottile della torta.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto formato Ø 28 cm è adatto per una torta nuziale a più piani?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, è il diametro più grande della serie, pensato per un dessert da evento destinato a un numero elevato di ospiti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuante porzioni circa si ottengono con questo diametro?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto formato consente generalmente di ottenere 16-18 porzioni, a seconda dello spessore desiderato per le fette.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eÈ necessario adattare il tempo di cottura rispetto ai formati più piccoli?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, calcolare qualche minuto in più rispetto ai formati Ø 20 e Ø 24 cm e controllare la cottura al cuore prima di togliere lo stampo dal forno.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003ePer un formato intermedio, lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-bundt-donut-geant-o24cm\"\u003estampo Bundt per ciambella gigante Ø24 cm\u003c\/a\u003e. Per un uso familiare più compatto, lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-bundt-savarin-20\"\u003estampo Bundt per ciambella gigante Ø20 cm\u003c\/a\u003e. Scopri anche \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisserie-professionnelle\"\u003ePasticceria professionale\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-bundt-donut-geant-o24cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo Bundt per ciambella gigante Ø24 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-bundt-savarin-20\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo Bundt per ciambella gigante Ø20 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisserie-professionnelle\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ePasticceria professionale\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48876409192787,"sku":"0075027","price":15.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-bundt-donut-geant-o28cm-decora-1.jpg?v=1772151633"},{"product_id":"moule-a-manque-choisir-la-taille","title":"Stampo per torta","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePatisse - Stampi a cerniera\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo per torte in acciaio smaltato\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eLo stampo a cerniera standard della gamma, in acciaio smaltato lavabile in lavastoviglie\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo per torte in acciaio smaltato, disponibile in quattro diametri da 20 a 28 cm, garantisce una cottura uniforme per pavlova, clafoutis, cheesecake, tortini al cioccolato dal cuore morbido, torte alle fragole, bavaresi o rainbow cake. Il rivestimento smaltato resiste ai graffi, compresi quelli causati dagli acidi della frutta.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametri disponibili\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eØ20-28 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eAcciaio smaltato\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eResistenza termica\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e230 °C\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePavlova, clafoutis, cheesecake e tiramisù\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTortini al cioccolato dal cuore morbido, torte alle fragole e bavaresi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePani sorpresa e rainbow cake a strati (uno stampo per ogni strato)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDal congelatore al forno grazie alla resistenza agli shock termici\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Questo stampo è lavabile in lavastoviglie, a differenza della maggior parte della gamma con cerniera, che richiede il lavaggio a mano. Prima del primo utilizzo, lavalo con acqua calda e sapone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAcciaio smaltato antiaderente\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eResistenza termica\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e230 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eSistema\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eCerniera rimovibile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavastoviglie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eProduzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eEuropa, colore grigio antracite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametri\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e20 cm, 24 cm, 26 cm, 28 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo è lavabile in lavastoviglie?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, grazie al rivestimento smaltato, a differenza della maggior parte degli stampi a cerniera Patisse che richiedono il lavaggio a mano.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale diametro scegliere per una rainbow cake a strati?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScegli più stampi dello stesso diametro (ad esempio tre stampi da Ø20 cm) per cuocere ogni strato separatamente.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto allo stampo a cerniera con fondo a tenuta Ø12-28 cm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto è in acciaio smaltato e lavabile in lavastoviglie; lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-charniere-fond-etanche-o26cm\"\u003eStampo a cerniera con fondo a tenuta\u003c\/a\u003e è in acciaio con rivestimento antiaderente e va lavato a mano, ed è disponibile in altri due diametri (12 e 16 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri tutta la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-a-charnieres\"\u003ecollezione Stampi a cerniera\u003c\/a\u003e e gli \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-entremets\"\u003estampi per dessert\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-charniere-fond-etanche-o26cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo a cerniera con fondo a tenuta\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-a-charnieres\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Stampi a cerniera\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-entremets\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampi per dessert\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"20cm","offer_id":49765107794259,"sku":"06610","price":24.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"24cm","offer_id":49765107827027,"sku":"06613","price":30.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"26cm","offer_id":49765107859795,"sku":"06614","price":32.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"28cm","offer_id":49765107892563,"sku":"06615","price":34.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-a-manque-choisir-la-taille-patisse-1.webp?v=1772154047"},{"product_id":"plaque-a-genoise-42-x-29-cm","title":"Teglia per Génoise 42 x 29 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePatisse - Teglie da forno\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eTeglia per pan di Spagna in acciaio smaltato - 42 x 29 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eNaturalmente antiaderente, lavabile in lavastoviglie\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eTeglia rettangolare Patisse da 42 x 29 cm in acciaio smaltato, per cuocere pan di Spagna, rotoli dolci e crostate. Lo smalto offre una superficie naturalmente antiaderente, senza rivestimento chimico, e una distribuzione uniforme del calore.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e42x29 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eSmaltato\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003enaturalmente antiaderente\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eLavastoviglie\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eSì\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePan di Spagna e rotoli dolci di grandi dimensioni\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCrostate e preparazioni che richiedono una cottura uniforme\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eLavate con acqua calda e sapone prima del primo utilizzo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e evitate il surriscaldamento, di riscaldare la teglia vuota e il contatto diretto con una fiamma, per preservare la durata dello smalto.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAcciaio smaltato\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e42 x 29 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAntiaderenza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eNaturale (smalto, senza rivestimento chimico)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavabile in lavastoviglie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesta teglia è lavabile in lavastoviglie?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, l'acciaio smaltato è lavabile in lavastoviglie, per una pulizia più semplice dopo ogni utilizzo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eÈ necessario ungere la teglia prima della cottura?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLo smalto offre una superficie naturalmente antiaderente; è possibile ungerla leggermente, ma non è indispensabile.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003ePer quali preparazioni usare questa teglia?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003ePan di Spagna, rotoli dolci e crostate che richiedono un'ampia superficie di cottura uniforme.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri anche i nostri \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003estampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e, i nostri \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-entremets\"\u003estampi per entremets\u003c\/a\u003e e tutta la gamma \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisse\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-entremets\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampi per entremets\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/patisse\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49765496914259,"sku":"06639","price":28.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/plaque-a-genoise-42-x-29-cm-patisse-1.jpg?v=1772154049"},{"product_id":"moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o12-x-12cm","title":"Stampo per torta a bordi alti Ø12 x 12cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePatisse - Stampi a cerniera\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo per torte a bordo alto Ø12 x 12 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eFormato compatto e molto alto per cheesecake e torte a strati monoporzione\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo a cerniera da Ø12 cm, alto 12 cm, offre la maggiore altezza della gamma di stampi a bordo alto in formato compatto. È adatto a cheesecake alte, crostate di fiordilatte e torte a strati in porzioni ridotte.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ12 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza, la maggiore della gamma Ø12\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e12 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eResistenza al calore\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e230 °C\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCheesecake alte e crostate di fiordilatte\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorte a strati in formato singolo o per due persone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePreparazioni voluminose in un formato di piccolo diametro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDolci che richiedono più strati sovrapposti\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Si consiglia il lavaggio a mano; non lavabile in lavastoviglie. Resiste fino a 230 °C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarchio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e12 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e12 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAcciaio con rivestimento antiaderente\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eSistema\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eCerniera rimovibile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eResistenza al calore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e230 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavaggio a mano\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto allo stampo Ø12 x 9,5 cm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto modello è più alto di 2,5 cm (12 cm contro 9,5 cm), per preparazioni ancora più generose a parità di diametro. Vedi lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-charniere-bord-haut-o12-x-9-5-cm\"\u003estampo Ø12 x 9,5 cm\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto formato è adatto a una cheesecake newyorkese molto alta?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, con i suoi 12 cm di altezza è il formato più alto della gamma di stampi a cerniera da Ø12 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eEsiste questo stesso formato con un diametro maggiore?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o16-x-12cm\"\u003estampo Ø16 x 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e mantiene la stessa altezza di 12 cm con un diametro maggiore.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eConfronta le altezze della \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-a-charnieres\"\u003ecollezione Stampi a cerniera\u003c\/a\u003e, tra cui il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-charniere-bord-haut-o12-x-9-5-cm\"\u003eØ12 x 9,5 cm\u003c\/a\u003e e il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o16-x-12cm\"\u003eØ16 x 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-charniere-bord-haut-o12-x-9-5-cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo Ø12 x 9,5 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o16-x-12cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo Ø16 x 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-a-charnieres\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Stampi a cerniera\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49765729534291,"sku":"02819","price":7.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o12-x-12cm-patisse-1.jpg?v=1777685812"},{"product_id":"moule-a-charniere-bord-haut-o12-x-9-5cm","title":"Stampo per torta a bordi alti Ø12 x 9,5cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePatisse - Stampi a cerniera\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo a bordo alto Ø12 x 9,5 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eBordo alto nel formato Ø12 cm, per cheesecake e dessert cremosi\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo a cerniera Ø12 cm, alto 9,5 cm, ha un bordo più alto di uno stampo classico, pur restando più compatto della versione Ø12 x 12 cm della gamma. È adatto a cheesecake e dessert cremosi in formato piccolo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ12 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e9,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eResistenza al calore\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e230 °C\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCheesecake monoporzione o per due\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDessert cremosi e torte al formaggio bianco\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePorzioni ridotte che richiedono un bordo alto\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Si consiglia il lavaggio a mano; non è lavabile in lavastoviglie. Resiste fino a 230 °C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e12 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e9,5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAcciaio con rivestimento antiaderente\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eSistema\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eCerniera smontabile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eResistenza al calore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e230 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavaggio a mano\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto allo stampo Ø12 x 12 cm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto modello è più basso di 2,5 cm, per preparazioni un po' meno voluminose. Vedi lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o12-x-12cm\"\u003estampo Ø12 x 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eÈ più alto di uno stampo a cerniera classico?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì: uno stampo a cerniera Ø12 cm standard con fondo a tenuta misura 4 cm di altezza, contro i 9,5 cm di questo modello. Vedi lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-charniere-fond-etanche-o26cm\"\u003estampo con fondo a tenuta\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale diametro scegliere per una torta al formaggio bianco per 4 persone?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eØ12 cm è adatto a un formato compatto; per più porzioni, il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o16-x-12cm\"\u003eØ16 x 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e offre più superficie.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eConfronta con lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o12-x-12cm\"\u003estampo Ø12 x 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e e scopri la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-a-charnieres\"\u003ecollezione Stampi a cerniera\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o12-x-12cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo Ø12 x 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-charniere-fond-etanche-o26cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo a fondo ermetico\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o16-x-12cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eØ16 x 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49765786157395,"sku":"03524","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o12-x-95cm-patisse-1.jpg?v=1772154060"},{"product_id":"moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o18-x-8-5cm","title":"Stampo per dolci a bordi alti Ø18 x 8,5cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePatisse - Stampi a cerniera\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eTortiera a bordo alto Ø18 x 8,5 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eAcciaio cromato e rivestimento Skandia by Whitford per garantire un facile distacco\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo a cerniera con bordo alto Ø18 x 8,5 cm è realizzato in acciaio cromato da 0,60 mm di spessore, con rivestimento antiaderente Skandia by Whitford. È adatto per cheesecake, torte a strati, cake design, brioche e panettoni.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ18 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e8,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eSpessore, acciaio cromato\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e0,60 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCheesecake e torte a piani, cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBrioches e panettoni\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePani a sorpresa e dolci alti\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Garanzia di 5 anni contro i difetti di fabbricazione in condizioni di normale utilizzo. Prodotto fabbricato in Europa, resistente fino a 230 °C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e18 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e8,5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAcciaio cromato 0,60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eRivestimento\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAntiaderente Skandia by Whitford\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eResistenza al calore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e230 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eGaranzia\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e5 anni, produzione europea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la particolarità del rivestimento di questo stampo?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eUtilizza il rivestimento antiaderente Skandia by Whitford, rinomato per la sua resistenza ai graffi e alle macchie.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo è garantito?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, 5 anni contro i difetti di fabbricazione in condizioni di normale utilizzo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale diametro scegliere per un panettone?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eØ18 cm è adatto ai formati classici; per una maggiore altezza con lo stesso diametro, vedi lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o16-x-12cm\"\u003eØ16 x 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e oppure lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-charniere-bord-haut-o22-x-9-cm\"\u003eØ22 x 8,5 cm\u003c\/a\u003e per un diametro maggiore.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri tutta la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-a-charnieres\"\u003ecollezione di stampi a cerniera Patisse\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o16-x-12cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eØ16 x 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-charniere-bord-haut-o22-x-9-cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eØ22 x 8,5 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-a-charnieres\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Stampi a cerniera Patisse\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49765811257683,"sku":"03521","price":11.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-a-manque-bord-haut-o18-x-85cm-patisse-1.jpg?v=1772154062"},{"product_id":"moule-coeur-charniere-12cm-patisse","title":"Stampo a cerniera a forma di cuore 12cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePatisse - Stampi a cerniera\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo a cerniera a cuore Ø12 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eStampi a forma di cuore con cerniera per torte e cheesecake da condividere\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLo stampo a cerniera a forma di cuore Ø12 cm, alto 7 cm, permette di preparare torte, cheesecake o crostate a forma di cuore per San Valentino, un compleanno o qualsiasi occasione da festeggiare in coppia o in un piccolo gruppo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ12 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e7 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eResistenza al calore\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e230 °C\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDolci per San Valentino o la festa della mamma\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorte e cheesecake da condividere (2-4 porzioni)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePreparazioni dolci e salate, grazie alla cerniera ermetica\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCompleanni e occasioni a tema romantico\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Si consiglia il lavaggio a mano. Non lavabile in lavastoviglie.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePatisse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eCuore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eØ12 cm, altezza 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eMetallo per uso alimentare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eResistenza al calore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e230 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavaggio a mano\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003ePer quante persone è adatto questo stampo a forma di cuore?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl formato compatto di 12 cm di diametro è adatto a un dessert per 2-4 persone, piuttosto che a un dolce grande da condividere in famiglia.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può usare per una preparazione salata?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, il fondo ermetico e la cerniera sono adatti sia alle preparazioni dolci sia a quelle salate, fino a un'altezza massima di 7 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eEsiste una versione rotonda della stessa linea?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-charniere-fond-etanche-o26cm\"\u003estampo a cerniera con fondo ermetico Ø12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e offre una classica versione rotonda, meno alta (4 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri tutta la \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-a-charnieres\"\u003ecollezione di stampi a cerniera Patisse\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScopri di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-charniere-fond-etanche-o26cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo a cerniera con fondo ermetico Ø12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-a-charnieres\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione stampi a cerniera Patisse\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cercles-cadres\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione cerchi e cornici\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50582154215763,"sku":"03690","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-a-charniere-coeur-12cm-patisse-1.jpg?v=1772155922"},{"product_id":"coeur-micro-perfore-inox-24x22-cm","title":"Cuore microforato in acciaio inox – 24x22 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eDECORA · STAMPO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eCuore Microforato in Acciaio Inox 24x22 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eIl formato più grande della gamma, per torte a più piani e torte nuziali\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto cerchio a forma di cuore in acciaio inox microforato è il formato più grande della gamma Decora. Le microperforazioni favoriscono una cottura uniforme dell'impasto e una sformatura netta, anche su una superficie ampia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCARATTERISTICHE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e24 x 22 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eForma\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eCuore\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAcciaio inox\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003emicroforato\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCONSIGLI D'USO\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAbbinate il cerchio a un tappetino da forno microforato per distribuire il calore in modo uniforme.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eRivestite il fondo con una base di pasta frolla o di pasta dolce prima di cuocere in bianco o con il ripieno.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eLasciate raffreddare completamente prima di sformare per ottenere un contorno netto.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAdatto a torte a più piani, torte nuziali e dessert da condividere con tante persone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e in un formato così ampio, abbinare il cerchio a un tappetino da forno microforato aiuta a distribuire il calore uniformemente e a evitare zone poco cotte.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto formato è adatto per una torta nuziale o una torta a più piani?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, con le sue dimensioni di 24 x 22 cm è il formato più grande della gamma dei cuori microforati, adatto a torte a più piani e torte da condividere con tante persone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCome si ottiene una cottura uniforme in un formato così grande?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eAbbinate il cerchio a un tappetino da forno microforato per distribuire il calore in modo uniforme su tutta la superficie.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eÈ facile sformare nonostante le dimensioni?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLe microperforazioni limitano l'adesione dell'impasto alle pareti: lasciate raffreddare completamente prima di sformare per ottenere un contorno netto.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri anche i formati \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/coeur-micro-perfore-inox-18x16-cm\"\u003eCuore Microforato in Acciaio Inox 18x16 cm\u003c\/a\u003e e \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/coeur-micro-perfore-inox-10x9-cm\"\u003eCuore Microforato in Acciaio Inox 10x9 cm\u003c\/a\u003e, nella \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003ecollezione Stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/coeur-micro-perfore-inox-18x16-cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eCuore Microforato in Acciaio Inox 18x16 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/coeur-micro-perfore-inox-10x9-cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eCuore Microforato in Acciaio Inox 10x9 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003ecollezione Stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51058333647187,"sku":"0064087","price":14.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/coeur-micro-perfore-inox-24x22-cm-decora-1.jpg?v=1772157507"},{"product_id":"coeur-micro-perfore-inox-18x16-cm","title":"Cuore microforato in acciaio inox – 18x16 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eDECORA · STAMPO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eCuore microforato in acciaio inox 18x16 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eFormato medio per un dessert a cuore da condividere in famiglia\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto anello a forma di cuore in acciaio inox microforato assicura una cottura uniforme della pasta e un facile sformato, anche con ripieni delicati. Il formato medio è adatto a un dessert da condividere in famiglia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCARATTERISTICHE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e18 x 16 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ealtezza 3,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAcciaio inox\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eper uso alimentare\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eTemperatura\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e-40 °C a +250 °C\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCONSIGLI PER L'USO\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFarciscilo con una base di pasta frolla o pasta zuccherata e aggiungi frutta, mousse o ganache.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eLe pareti alte 3,5 cm sono adatte a crostate alte e dessert.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAdatto a dessert per San Valentino, compleanni, cerimonie in famiglia o fidanzamenti.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eSi pulisce facilmente in lavastoviglie dopo averlo lasciato raffreddare completamente.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e La struttura rigida in acciaio inox non si deforma durante la cottura, per un contorno a cuore sempre ben definito.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuanto può essere alto il ripieno con questo anello?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLe pareti alte 3,5 cm sono adatte a crostate alte e a dessert a strati.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può mettere in lavastoviglie?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, l'acciaio inox per uso alimentare è lavabile in lavastoviglie e resiste a temperature da -40 °C a +250 °C, per l'uso in forno e in congelatore.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale misura scegliere tra i 3 formati a cuore microforati?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl formato 18 x 16 cm è adatto a un dessert da condividere in famiglia, il 24 x 22 cm a dolci grandi come le torte nuziali e il 10 x 9 cm a porzioni individuali.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eConfrontalo con il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/coeur-micro-perfore-inox-24x22-cm\"\u003eCuore microforato in acciaio inox 24x22 cm\u003c\/a\u003e e il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/coeur-micro-perfore-inox-10x9-cm\"\u003eCuore microforato in acciaio inox 10x9 cm\u003c\/a\u003e, nella \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003ecollezione Stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/coeur-micro-perfore-inox-24x22-cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eCuore microforato in acciaio inox 24x22 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/coeur-micro-perfore-inox-10x9-cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eCuore microforato in acciaio inox 10x9 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eCollezione Stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51058336301395,"sku":"0064086","price":12.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/coeur-micro-perfore-inox-18x16-cm-decora-1.jpg?v=1772157512"},{"product_id":"coeur-micro-perfore-inox-10x9-cm","title":"Cuore microforato in acciaio inox – 10x9 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eDECORA · STAMPO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eAnello a cuore microforato in acciaio inox 10x9 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eFormato monoporzione per mini crostate e dessert a forma di cuore\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto piccolo anello a forma di cuore in acciaio inox microforato valorizza i dessert monoporzione. Le microforature assicurano una cottura uniforme della pasta, senza bolle, per un risultato visivo impeccabile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCARATTERISTICHE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e10 x 9 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003ealtezza 2 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAcciaio inox\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003emicroforato\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eCompatibilità\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003eForno · Congelatore\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003elavastoviglie\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCONSIGLI D'USO\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eUtilizzate un tappetino da forno microforato per distribuire il calore in modo uniforme.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eIdeale per mini crostate o tartellette a forma di cuore, farcite con frutta, ganache o mousse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAdatto per dessert di San Valentino, matrimoni o confezioni gourmet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eUtile anche come anello per montare dessert gelati o preparazioni crude.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa sapere\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e Abbinare questo anello a un tappetino da forno microforato permette di ottenere una pasta croccante e senza bolle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe risposte alle vostre domande\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto formato è adatto ai dessert monoporzione al ristorante?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, le dimensioni di 10 x 9 cm lo rendono adatto a impiattamenti individuali per ristoranti e catering, nonché a confezioni regalo gastronomiche.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eServe un accessorio aggiuntivo per la cottura?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSi consiglia un tappetino da cottura microforato, per distribuire bene il calore e ottenere una pasta croccante senza bolle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può usare per un dessert gelato?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, la struttura rigida in acciaio inox può essere usata anche come anello per assemblare dessert gelati o preparazioni crude.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eConfrontalo con il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/coeur-micro-perfore-inox-18x16-cm\"\u003eCuore microforato in acciaio inox 18x16 cm\u003c\/a\u003e e il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/coeur-micro-perfore-inox-24x22-cm\"\u003eCuore microforato in acciaio inox 24x22 cm\u003c\/a\u003e, nella \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003ecollezione Stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/coeur-micro-perfore-inox-18x16-cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eCuore microforato in acciaio inox 18x16 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/coeur-micro-perfore-inox-24x22-cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eCuore microforato in acciaio inox 24x22 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eCollezione Stampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51058341019987,"sku":"0064085","price":6.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/coeur-micro-perfore-inox-10x9-cm-decora-1.jpg?v=1772157516"},{"product_id":"moule-a-genoise-rectangulaire-haut-30-x-40-x-10-cm","title":"Stampo per Pan di Spagna Rettangolare Alto 30 x 40 x 10 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eAzucren - Stampi\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo rettangolare alto per pan di Spagna\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eAlluminio anodizzato, 30 x 40 x 10 cm, per pan di Spagna alti e dritti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003ePrepara pan di Spagna alti, dritti e cotti alla perfezione con lo stampo rettangolare Azucren in alluminio anodizzato. Progettato per i pasticceri più esigenti, assicura una distribuzione uniforme del calore e un distacco facile. Ideale per pan di Spagna, sponge cake, torte a piani o entremets, garantisce bordi netti e regolari, senza deformazioni né cottura eccessiva.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDIMENSIONI\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e30x40x10 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eL x l x H\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMATERIALE\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eAnodizzato\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eFORMA\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eRettangolo\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-desc\"\u003eAngoli retti\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePan di Spagna alti e sponge cake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eTorte a piani e wedding cake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eEntremets, brownies, barrette e dessert per la ristorazione.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePreparazioni dolci e salate che richiedono una cottura uniforme.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eConsiglio Patissland\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa tenere presente\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"pl8-emphasis\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e lavare a mano prima del primo utilizzo e dopo ogni uso, evitando la lavastoviglie e gli utensili metallici per preservare il rivestimento anodizzato. Lievi segni non compromettono le prestazioni dello stampo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAzucren\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e30 x 40 x 10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAlluminio anodizzato di alta qualità\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRettangolare con angoli retti\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eResistenza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eResistente alla corrosione e alle alte temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eUso\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eCottura in forno, adatta a preparazioni dense o leggere\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo è lavabile in lavastoviglie?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eNo, va lavato a mano per preservare il rivestimento anodizzato.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale altezza di pan di Spagna si può ottenere con questo stampo?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eFino a 10 cm di altezza, adatto a torte a più piani e dolci al cucchiaio.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eCome facilitare lo sformato lungo le pareti?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eUn rotolo di acetato Azucren posizionato lungo le pareti prima della cottura facilita uno sformato pulito, soprattutto per preparazioni fredde come i dolci al cucchiaio.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri la collezione \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\"\u003estampi\u003c\/a\u003e e la gamma \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/azucren\"\u003eAzucren\u003c\/a\u003e. Da abbinare al \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/rouleau-acetate-12-cm\"\u003erotolo di acetato da 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e o al \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/tapis-cuisson-microperfore-60x40cm-azucren\"\u003etappetino da forno microforato\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampi\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/azucren\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eAzucren\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/rouleau-acetate-12-cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003erotolo di acetato 12 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"AZUCREN","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52186345996627,"sku":"DE87029","price":29.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-a-genoise-rectangulaire-haut-30-x-40-x-10-cm-azucren-1.jpg?v=1772160603"},{"product_id":"moule-angel-flower-o22cm","title":"Stampo Angel Flower Ø22cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003eDecora Gold Line\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo Angel Flower Ø22 cm, doppia base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eAcciaio al carbonio antiaderente, tubo centrale rimovibile e fondo pieno intercambiabili\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePresentazione\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLo stampo Angel Flower della linea Gold Line Decora offre due configurazioni in un unico prodotto: una base con tubo centrale rimovibile per angel food cake e chiffon cake a forma di ciambella floreale, e una base a fondo pieno per torte di compleanno o da merenda a forma di fiore pieno.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 22 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eH 10 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eFormato famiglia\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e6-8 porzioni\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAcciaio al carbonio antiaderente, finitura dorata Gold Line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDoppia base intercambiabile: tubo centrale rimovibile o fondo pieno\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eForma a fiore con 6 petali, per una torta da festa senza decorazioni aggiuntive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003ePassaggio da una configurazione all'altra in pochi secondi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e per un angel food cake o uno chiffon cake, lasciare raffreddare completamente la torta capovolta prima di sformarla: è una tecnica indispensabile per gli impasti a base di albumi montati a neve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza tra le due basi?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eLa base con tubo centrale è adatta per angel food cake e chiffon cake a forma di ciambella. La base a fondo pieno permette di realizzare una torta a forma di fiore completa, senza camino centrale.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi può usare per una torta classica?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, con la base a fondo pieno, questo stampo è adatto anche per un quattro quarti o una torta tradizionale a base di burro, uova e zucchero.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuante porzioni si ottengono con questo formato?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl formato Ø 22 x H 10 cm è adatto per 6-8 porzioni abbondanti, ideale per la merenda o come dessert a fine pasto.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri anche lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-donuts-coeurs\"\u003eStampo per ciambelle a forma di cuore\u003c\/a\u003e e lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-citrouille-o30-cm\"\u003eStampo Zucca Ø30 cm\u003c\/a\u003e, oppure esplora la nostra selezione di \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-entremets\"\u003estampi per entremets\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-a-donuts-coeurs\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo per ciambelle a forma di cuore\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-citrouille-o30-cm\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eStampo Zucca Ø30 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-entremets\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampi per entremets\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DECORA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53788685533523,"sku":"0070108","price":22.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/0070108.jpg?v=1779133569"},{"product_id":"moules-jetables-carres-voila-pavoni-160-x-160-x-h40-mm-boite-de-300","title":"Stampi usa e getta quadrati Voilà 160 x 160 x H40 mm - Scatola da 300","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePavoni - Stampi monouso\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampi monouso quadrati VOILÀ 160 x 160 x h40 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eScatola da 300 stampi monouso per entremets quadrati, gamma VOILÀ Pavoni\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eGli stampi monouso quadrati VOILÀ Pavoni servono per assemblare e congelare i vostri entremets nel formato 160 x 160 mm, quindi sformarli in modo impeccabile senza danneggiarne gli spigoli. Venduti in scatole da 300, sono adatti alla produzione in serie.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eFormato\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e160 x 160 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e40 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003ePezzi \/ scatola\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e300\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eAssemblaggio e congelamento di mousse, entremets e bavaresi quadrati\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eProduzione in serie grazie alla confezione da 300 pezzi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBordi curvi che limitano i difetti di glassatura lungo il perimetro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFascia di apertura facilitata per uno sformato impeccabile dopo il congelamento\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e questi stampi sono riservati all’assemblaggio e al congelamento, non alla cottura in forno; sformate delicatamente dagli angoli una volta che il dolce è rassodato.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarchio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePavoni Italia, gamma VOILÀ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eRiferimento\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eVLQ160\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eFormato\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eQuadrato 160 x 160 x h 40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eConfezione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eScatola da 300 pezzi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eEstrazione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eFascia di apertura facilitata, bordi incurvati\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eUtilizzo\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAssemblaggio e congelamento, monouso\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuesti stampi possono essere messi nel congelatore?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, sono progettati per assemblare e far rassodare gli entremets a temperature molto basse, anche in un abbattitore.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSono riutilizzabili?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSono stampi monouso, progettati per uno sformo preciso e una produzione regolare.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto al formato 140 x 140 mm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl formato 160 x 160 mm offre un entremet più generoso; il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-jetables-carres-voila-pavoni-140-x-140-x-h40-mm-boite-de-300\"\u003eformato 140 mm\u003c\/a\u003e è adatto a porzioni più compatte.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eConfrontate con lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-jetables-ronds-voila-pavoni-160-x-h40-mm-boite-de-300\"\u003estampo rotondo VOILÀ Ø160 mm\u003c\/a\u003e e scoprite gli \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-entremets\"\u003estampi per entremets\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-jetables-carres-voila-pavoni-140-x-140-x-h40-mm-boite-de-300\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eformato 140 mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-jetables-ronds-voila-pavoni-160-x-h40-mm-boite-de-300\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampo rotondo VOILÀ Ø160 mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-entremets\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampi per entremets\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PAVONI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53995027988819,"sku":"VLQ160","price":204.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/VLQ140VLQ160VLQ180_b0571dd5-b5ff-454b-aa32-e94fdd1f17ac.jpg?v=1781503889"},{"product_id":"moules-jetables-ronds-voila-pavoni-160-x-h40-mm-boite-de-300","title":"Stampi monouso rotondi VOILÀ Ø160 x H40 mm - Scatola da 300 - VL160","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePavoni - Stampi monouso\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampi monouso rotondi VOILÀ Ø160 x h40 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eConfezione da 300 stampi monouso per entremets rotondi da condividere, linea VOILÀ Pavoni\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eGli stampi monouso rotondi VOILÀ Pavoni, con diametro di 160 mm, permettono di preparare entremets rotondi da condividere in serie. La parete flessibile e traslucida consente di seguire il riempimento prima del raffreddamento. Confezione da 300 pezzi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eFormato\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 160 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e40 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003ePezzi \/ confezione\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e300\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUtilizzi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eMontaggio e congelamento di entremets rotondi da condividere\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eControllo visivo del riempimento grazie alla parete traslucida\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBordi curvi che limitano i difetti di glassatura lungo il perimetro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFascia di apertura facilitata per uno sformato impeccabile dopo il congelamento\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e farcite con mousse e inserto, livellate la superficie e poi congelate; questi stampi sono riservati all’assemblaggio e al congelamento, non alla cottura.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarchio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePavoni Italia, gamma VOILÀ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eRiferimento\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eVL160\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eFormato\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRotondo Ø 160 x h 40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eConfezione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eScatola da 300 pezzi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eEstrazione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eFascia di apertura facilitata, bordi curvi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eUso\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAssemblaggio e congelamento, monouso\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eLa parete è trasparente?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eTraslucida, permette di vedere il livello di riempimento e facilita il controllo prima del congelamento.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale diametro finale si ottiene?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eUn entremets rotondo da 16 cm, da ricoprire o glassare dopo lo sformo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eEsiste un formato monoporzione nella stessa gamma?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-jetables-individuels-voila-pavoni-65-x-h40-mm-boite-de-900\"\u003estampo monoporzione Ø65 mm\u003c\/a\u003e è adatto a monoporzioni e mignon.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eVedi anche lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-jetables-carres-voila-pavoni-160-x-160-x-h40-mm-boite-de-300\"\u003estampo quadrato VOILÀ 160 mm\u003c\/a\u003e e gli \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-entremets\"\u003estampi per entremets\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-jetables-individuels-voila-pavoni-65-x-h40-mm-boite-de-900\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampo monoporzione Ø65 mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-jetables-carres-voila-pavoni-160-x-160-x-h40-mm-boite-de-300\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampo quadrato VOILÀ 160 mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-entremets\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampi per entremets\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PAVONI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53995028021587,"sku":"VL160","price":199.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/Voilab_6df6bddd-7260-46e3-b3d0-237a5b84dded.jpg?v=1781363136"},{"product_id":"moules-a-inserts-jetables-voila-pavoni-140-x-h10-mm-boite-de-600","title":"Stampi per Inserti Monouso VOILÀ Ø140 x H10 mm - Scatola da 600 - IN140","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePavoni - Stampi monouso\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampi monouso per inserti VOILÀ Ø140 x h10 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eScatola da 600 stampi per inserti per creme e confit, linea VOILÀ Pavoni\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eGli stampi monouso per inserti VOILÀ Pavoni, con un diametro di 140 mm e un’altezza ridotta di 10 mm, servono a preparare creme, confit e gelatine da congelare prima di inserirli al centro di un entremets. Scatola da 600 pezzi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eFormato\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eØ 140 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e10 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003ePezzi \/ scatola\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e600\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eCreme, confit e gelatine congelati da inserire al centro di un entremets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eDischi sottili che si rivelano nettamente al taglio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eProduzione in serie grazie alla confezione da 600 pezzi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFascia ad apertura facilitata per estrarre facilmente dallo stampo dopo il congelamento\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e lavorate sempre l’inserto ben congelato prima di inserirlo nell’entremets, per un montaggio preciso e senza deformazioni.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarchio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePavoni Italia, linea VOILÀ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eCodice prodotto\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eIN140\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eFormato\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRotondo Ø 140 x h 10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eConfezione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eScatola da 600 pezzi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eEstrazione dallo stampo\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eFascia ad apertura facilitata\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eUso\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eMontaggio e congelamento, monouso\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eA cosa serve uno stampo per inserti?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003ePer congelare una crema, un confit o una gelatina a forma di disco, da posizionare al centro di un entremets prima della mousse.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003ePerché un’altezza di 10 mm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eCrea un inserto sottile che si rivela al taglio senza sbilanciare l’entremets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale diametro scegliere per l’entremets?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eUn diametro superiore a 140 mm, ad esempio il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-jetables-carres-voila-pavoni-140-x-140-x-h40-mm-boite-de-300\"\u003eformato quadrato 140 mm\u003c\/a\u003e per un montaggio quadrato, in modo che la mousse circondi completamente l’inserto.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eVedi anche lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-jetables-carres-voila-pavoni-140-x-140-x-h40-mm-boite-de-300\"\u003estampo quadrato VOILÀ 140 mm\u003c\/a\u003e e gli \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-entremets\"\u003estampi per entremets\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-jetables-carres-voila-pavoni-140-x-140-x-h40-mm-boite-de-300\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eformato quadrato 140 mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-entremets\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampi per entremets\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/materiels-moules-a-chocolat\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampi per cioccolato\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PAVONI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53995028087123,"sku":"IN140","price":168.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/Voilab_eef2ae3a-b28d-4a29-a481-4eb2adc437c7.jpg?v=1781363137"},{"product_id":"moules-jetables-carres-voila-pavoni-140-x-140-x-h40-mm-boite-de-300","title":"Stampi Monouso Quadrati Voilà 140 x 140 x H40 mm - Scatola da 300","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePavoni - Stampi monouso\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampi monouso quadrati VOILÀ 140 x 140 x h40 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eConfezione da 300 stampi monouso per entremets quadrati compatti, linea VOILÀ Pavoni\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eGli stampi monouso quadrati VOILÀ Pavoni nel formato 140 x 140 mm sono adatti agli entremets quadrati da condividere per 4-6 persone. Più compatto del formato da 160 mm, si adatta alle vetrine e alle porzioni più piccole. Confezione da 300 pezzi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eFormato\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value pl8-fact-value-text\"\u003e140 x 140 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e40 mm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003ePezzi \/ confezione\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e300\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eUsi consigliati\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eEntremets quadrati da condividere per 4-6 persone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFormato compatto adatto alle vetrine e alle porzioni più piccole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eBordi curvi che limitano i difetti di glassatura sul perimetro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-list-item\"\u003eFascia di apertura facile per estrarre il dolce dallo stampo in modo preciso dopo il congelamento\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003e assemblare l'entremets a strati, lisciare la superficie e congelare prima di estrarlo dallo stampo dagli angoli; riservato all'assemblaggio e al congelamento.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica completa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarchio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePavoni Italia, linea VOILÀ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eCodice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eVLQ140\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eFormato\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eQuadrato 140 x 140 x h 40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eConfezione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eConfezione da 300 pezzi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eEstrazione dallo stampo\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eFascia di apertura facile, bordi curvi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eUso\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAssemblaggio e congelamento, monouso\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003ePer quante porzioni è previsto questo formato?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eCirca 4-6 porzioni, a seconda dell'altezza e della ricchezza dell'entremets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQual è la differenza rispetto al formato da 160 mm?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl formato da 140 mm dà un entremets più compatto; il \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-jetables-carres-voila-pavoni-160-x-160-x-h40-mm-boite-de-300\"\u003eformato da 160 mm\u003c\/a\u003e è adatto a porzioni più generose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eSi possono congelare?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì, sono progettati per assemblare il dolce e poi farlo rassodare a basse temperature prima della glassatura.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eConfronta con lo \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-jetables-carres-voila-pavoni-160-x-160-x-h40-mm-boite-de-300\"\u003estampo quadrato VOILÀ da 160 mm\u003c\/a\u003e e scopri gli \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-entremets\"\u003estampi per entremets\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moules-jetables-carres-voila-pavoni-160-x-160-x-h40-mm-boite-de-300\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eformato 160 mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-entremets\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampi per entremets\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/materiels-moules-a-chocolat\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampi per cioccolato\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PAVONI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53995034116435,"sku":"VLQ140","price":199.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/VLQ140VLQ160VLQ180.jpg?v=1781503889"},{"product_id":"moule-rond-pme-10cm-hauteur-10cm","title":"Stampo rotondo Ø 10 cm Altezza 10 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo rotondo PME Cake Ø 10 cm altezza 10 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eStampo rotondo per torte in alluminio · Codice RND044\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo rotondo PME Cake, con diametro di 10 cm e altezza di 10 cm, corrisponde al codice RND044. Le pareti alte 10 cm sono adatte alle preparazioni che richiedono uno stampo alto, in particolare alle basi per layer cake. L’altezza finale dipende dall’impasto, dalla quantità versata e dalla cottura.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro indicato\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e10 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e10 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePrepara il tuo progetto\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl diametro di 10 cm permette di preparare una piccola torta rotonda o un piccolo piano. Verifica le dimensioni della torta finita prima di scegliere la sua scatola.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl numero di porzioni dipende dall’altezza della torta finita e dal taglio. Adatta le quantità alla tua ricetta e controlla la cottura al centro.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n \u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRotonda\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro indicato\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eCodice del produttore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRND044\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eCodice a barre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e5060047060721\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavare a mano e asciugare dopo la pulizia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuali sono le dimensioni di questo codice?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl codice RND044 è indicato con un diametro di 10 cm e un'altezza di 10 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale supporto e quale scatola scegliere?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScegliete il supporto in base alla torta finita e alla sua decorazione. Un disco sottotorta e un tamburo da presentazione hanno usi diversi. La scatola deve poter contenere il supporto intero e l'altezza della torta.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eÈ necessario adattare la ricetta a questo stampo?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì. Verificate le dimensioni dello stampo previsto dalla ricetta e, se necessario, adattate la quantità di impasto. Il tempo di cottura dipende soprattutto dall'impasto, dal suo spessore e dal forno.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScoprite i nostri \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\"\u003estampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e e la nostra selezione di \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/layer-cake\"\u003etorte a strati\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : conseil À noter --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eDa notare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text pl8-small\"\u003ePrima dell'uso, consultate le istruzioni del produttore riportate sul prodotto o sulla confezione.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/layer-cake\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eTorta a strati\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/supports-a-gateaux\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eEspositori\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54917008326995,"sku":"RND044","price":6.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-rond-pme-rnd044-sans-reference.png?v=1789200234"},{"product_id":"moule-rond-pme-12-5cm-hauteur-10cm","title":"Stampo rotondo Ø 12,5 cm Altezza 10 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo rotondo PME Cake Ø 12,5 cm altezza 10 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eStampo rotondo per torte in alluminio · Codice RND054\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo rotondo PME Cake, con diametro di 12,5 cm e altezza di 10 cm, corrisponde al codice RND054. Le pareti alte 10 cm sono adatte alle preparazioni che richiedono uno stampo alto, in particolare alle basi per layer cake. L’altezza finale dipende dall’impasto, dalla quantità versata e dalla cottura.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro indicato\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e12,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e10 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePrepara il tuo progetto\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl diametro di 12,5 cm permette di preparare una piccola torta rotonda o un piccolo piano. Verifica le dimensioni della torta finita prima di scegliere la sua scatola.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl numero di porzioni dipende dall’altezza della torta finita e dal taglio. Adatta le quantità alla tua ricetta e controlla la cottura al centro.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n \u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRotonda\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro indicato\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e12,5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eCodice del produttore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRND054\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eCodice a barre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e5060047060738\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavare a mano e asciugare dopo la pulizia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuali sono le dimensioni di questo modello?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl codice RND054 è indicato con un diametro di 12,5 cm e un’altezza di 10 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale supporto e quale scatola scegliere?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScegli il supporto in base alla torta finita e alle decorazioni. Una base per torta posizionata sotto la torta e un drum da presentazione hanno usi diversi. La scatola deve contenere il supporto completo e la torta finita.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eÈ necessario adattare la ricetta a questo stampo?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì. Verifica le dimensioni dello stampo indicato nella ricetta e, se necessario, adatta la quantità di impasto. Il tempo di cottura dipende in particolare dall’impasto, dal suo spessore e dal forno.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri i nostri \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\"\u003estampi rotondi, quadrati e a forma di cuore\u003c\/a\u003e e la nostra selezione \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/layer-cake\"\u003eLayer Cake\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : conseil À noter --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text pl8-small\"\u003ePrima dell’uso, consulta le indicazioni del produttore riportate sul prodotto o sulla confezione.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampi rotondi, quadrati e a forma di cuore\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/layer-cake\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eLayer cake\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/supports-a-gateaux\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eEspositori\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54917013340499,"sku":"RND054","price":7.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-rond-pme-rnd054-sans-reference.png?v=1789200225"},{"product_id":"moule-rond-pme-15cm-hauteur-10cm","title":"Stampo rotondo Ø 15 cm Altezza 10 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo rotondo PME Cake Ø 15 cm, altezza 10 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eStampo rotondo per torte in alluminio · Codice RND064\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo rotondo PME Cake, con un diametro di 15 cm e un'altezza di 10 cm, corrisponde al codice RND064. Le pareti alte 10 cm sono adatte alle preparazioni che richiedono uno stampo alto, in particolare per le basi delle layer cake. L'altezza finale dipende dall'impasto, dalla quantità versata e dalla cottura.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro indicato\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e15 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e10 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePrepara il tuo progetto\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl diametro di 15 cm è un riferimento per preparare la ricetta e scegliere un supporto. Per una presentazione decorata, lascia lo spazio necessario intorno alla torta finita.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl numero di porzioni dipende dall'altezza della torta finita e dal taglio. Adatta le quantità alla ricetta e controlla la cottura al centro.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella del prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n \u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRotondo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro indicato\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eCodice del produttore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRND064\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eCodice a barre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e5060047060745\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavare a mano e asciugare dopo la pulizia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuali sono le dimensioni di questo codice?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl codice RND064 è indicato con un diametro di 15 cm e un'altezza di 10 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale supporto e quale scatola scegliere?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScegli il supporto in base alla torta finita e alla sua decorazione. Una base da collocare sotto la torta e un drum da esposizione hanno usi diversi. La scatola deve contenere il supporto intero e la torta finita.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eÈ necessario adattare la ricetta a questo stampo?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì. Verifica le dimensioni dello stampo indicato nella ricetta e, se necessario, adatta la quantità di impasto. Il tempo di cottura dipende soprattutto dall'impasto, dal suo spessore e dal forno.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri i nostri \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\"\u003estampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e e la nostra selezione \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/layer-cake\"\u003eLayer Cake\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : conseil À noter --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text pl8-small\"\u003ePrima dell’uso, consulta le indicazioni del produttore riportate sul prodotto o sulla confezione.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampi rotondi, quadrati e a forma di cuore\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/layer-cake\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eLayer cake\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/supports-a-gateaux\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eEspositori\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54917013635411,"sku":"RND064","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-rond-pme-rnd064-sans-reference.png?v=1789200213"},{"product_id":"moule-rond-pme-17-5cm-hauteur-10cm","title":"Stampo rotondo Ø 17,5 cm Altezza 10 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo rotondo PME Cake Ø 17,5 cm, altezza 10 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eStampo rotondo per torte in alluminio · Riferimento RND074\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo rotondo PME Cake, con un diametro di 17,5 cm e un’altezza di 10 cm, corrisponde al riferimento RND074. Le pareti alte 10 cm sono adatte alle preparazioni che richiedono uno stampo alto, in particolare alle basi per layer cake. L’altezza finale dipende dall’impasto, dalla quantità versata e dalla cottura.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro dichiarato\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e17,5 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e10 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePrepara il tuo progetto\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl diametro di 17,5 cm è un riferimento per preparare la ricetta e scegliere un supporto. Per una presentazione decorata, lascia lo spazio necessario attorno alla torta finita.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl numero di porzioni dipende dall’altezza della torta finita e dal taglio. Adatta le quantità alla tua ricetta e controlla la cottura al centro.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n \u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRotonda\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro dichiarato\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e17,5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eRiferimento del produttore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRND074\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eCodice a barre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e5060047060752\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavare a mano e asciugare dopo la pulizia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe vostre domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuali sono le dimensioni di questo codice?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl codice RND074 è indicato con un diametro di 17,5 cm e un'altezza di 10 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale supporto e quale scatola scegliere?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScegli il supporto in base alla torta finita e alla sua decorazione. Una base da collocare sotto la torta e un drum da esposizione hanno usi diversi. La scatola deve contenere il supporto intero e la torta finita.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eÈ necessario adattare la ricetta a questo stampo?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì. Verifica le dimensioni dello stampo indicato nella ricetta e, se necessario, adatta la quantità di impasto. Il tempo di cottura dipende soprattutto dall'impasto, dal suo spessore e dal forno.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri i nostri \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\"\u003estampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e e la nostra selezione \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/layer-cake\"\u003eLayer Cake\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : conseil À noter --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text pl8-small\"\u003ePrima dell'uso, consulta le indicazioni del produttore riportate sul prodotto o sulla confezione.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer saperne di più\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/layer-cake\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eLayer Cake\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/supports-a-gateaux\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eEspositori\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54917014454611,"sku":"RND074","price":11.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-rond-pme-rnd074-sans-reference.png?v=1789200203"},{"product_id":"moule-rond-pme-20cm-hauteur-10cm","title":"Stampo rotondo Ø 20 cm Altezza 10 cm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pl8\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : en-tête --\u003e\u003cheader class=\"pl8-header\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-layout pl8-hero-layout-solo\"\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-hero-copy\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pl8-brand\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-title pl8-title-long\"\u003eStampo rotondo PME Cake Ø 20 cm, altezza 10 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-lead\"\u003eStampo rotondo per torte in alluminio · Riferimento RND084\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/header\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eQuesto stampo rotondo PME Cake, con un diametro di 20 cm e un’altezza di 10 cm, corrisponde al riferimento RND084. Le pareti alte 10 cm sono adatte alle preparazioni che richiedono uno stampo alto, in particolare alle basi per layer cake. L’altezza finale dipende dall’impasto, dalla quantità versata e dalla cottura.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdl class=\"pl8-facts pl8-facts-three\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eDiametro dichiarato\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e20 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003e10 cm\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-fact\"\u003e\n\u003cdt class=\"pl8-fact-label\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd class=\"pl8-fact-value\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePrepara il tuo progetto\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl diametro di 20 cm è un riferimento per preparare la ricetta e scegliere un supporto. Per una presentazione decorata, lascia lo spazio necessario attorno alla torta finita.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl numero di porzioni dipende dall’altezza della torta finita e dal taglio. Adatta le quantità alla tua ricetta e controlla la cottura al centro.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eScheda tecnica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv tabindex=\"0\" role=\"region\" aria-label=\"Tabella prodotto\" class=\"pl8-table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"pl8-table pl8-table-technical\"\u003e\u003ctbody class=\"pl8-tbody\"\u003e\n \u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMarca\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eForma\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRotonda\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eDiametro dichiarato\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eAltezza\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eRiferimento del produttore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eRND084\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eCodice a barre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003e5060047060769\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eMateriale\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eAlluminio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"pl8-tr\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"pl8-th\" scope=\"row\"\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"pl8-td\"\u003eLavare a mano e asciugare dopo la pulizia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section pl8-rule\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eLe tue domande, i nostri consigli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuali sono le dimensioni di questo riferimento?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eIl riferimento RND084 è indicato con un diametro di 20 cm e un’altezza di 10 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eQuale supporto e quale scatola scegliere?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScegli il supporto in base alla torta finita e alla sua decorazione. Un sottotorta posizionato sotto la torta e un drum da esposizione hanno usi diversi. La scatola deve contenere il supporto e l’altezza della torta.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pl8-question\"\u003e\u003csummary class=\"pl8-summary\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"pl8-summary-text\"\u003eÈ necessario adattare la ricetta a questo stampo?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-answer\"\u003e\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eSì. Controlla le dimensioni dello stampo previsto dalla ricetta e, se necessario, adatta la quantità di impasto. Il tempo di cottura dipende in particolare dall’impasto, dal suo spessore e dal forno.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : contenu produit --\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003eRisorse aggiuntive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text\"\u003eScopri i nostri \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\"\u003estampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e e la nostra selezione \u003ca class=\"pl8-link\" href=\"\/it\/collections\/layer-cake\"\u003eLayer cake\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MODULE : conseil À noter --\u003e\u003caside class=\"pl8-note pl8-section\"\u003e\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"pl8-note-icon\"\u003ei\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pl8-note-copy\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-subheading\"\u003eNota\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pl8-text pl8-small\"\u003ePrima dell’uso, consulta le indicazioni del produttore riportate sul prodotto o sulla confezione.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/aside\u003e\u003c!-- MODULE : Pour aller plus loin --\u003e\u003csection class=\"pl8-section\"\u003e\u003ch3 class=\"pl8-heading\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pl8-links\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003estampi rotondi, quadrati e a cuore\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/layer-cake\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eLayer cake\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pl8-link-item\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/supports-a-gateaux\" class=\"pl8-related\"\u003eAlzate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54917015077203,"sku":"RND084","price":13.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-rond-pme-rnd084-sans-reference.png?v=1789200191"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/collections\/collection-moules-ronds-carres-rectangles-coeurs-fond-creme-uni-v2.png?v=1793164950","url":"https:\/\/patissland.fr\/it\/collections\/stampi-rotondi-quadrati-rettangolari-e-a-cuore.oembed","provider":"Patissland","version":"1.0","type":"link"}